target/arm_adi_v5, cortex_m: retry ahbap_debugport_init few times in case of an error
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Tracker
292
293 The OpenOCD Bug Tracker is hosted on SourceForge:
294
295 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/openocd/tickets/}
296
297
298 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
299 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @cindex dongles
301 @cindex FTDI
302 @cindex wiggler
303 @cindex zy1000
304 @cindex printer port
305 @cindex USB Adapter
306 @cindex RTCK
307
308 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
309 an adapter .... [snip]
310
311 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
312 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
313 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
314 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
315 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
316 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
317 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
318
319
320 @section Choosing a Dongle
321
322 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
323
324 @enumerate
325 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
326 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
327 other ways to communicate with target devices.
328 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
329 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
330 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
331 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
332 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
333 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
334 Ethernet port needed?
335 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
336 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
337 @end enumerate
338
339 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
340
341 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
342 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
343 running on the developer's host computer.
344 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
345 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
346 IP address assigned to the probe.
347 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
348 OpenOCD debugger.
349 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
350 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
351 the target.
352 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
353 to power cycle the target remotely.
354
355 For more information, visit:
356
357 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
358
359 @section USB FT2232 Based
360
361 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
362 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
363 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
364 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
365 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
366 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
367 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
368 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
369 clocking.)
370
371 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
372 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
373 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
374 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
375 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
376
377 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
378 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
379
380 @itemize @bullet
381 @item @b{usbjtag}
382 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
383 @item @b{jtagkey}
384 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
385 @item @b{jtagkey2}
386 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
387 @item @b{oocdlink}
388 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
389 @item @b{signalyzer}
390 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
391 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
392 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
393 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
394 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
395 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
396 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
397 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
398 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
399 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
400 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
401 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
402 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
403 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
404 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
405 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
406 @item @b{turtelizer2}
407 @* See:
408 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
409 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
410 @item @b{comstick}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
412 @item @b{stm32stick}
413 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
414 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
415 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
416 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
417 @item @b{cortino}
418 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
419 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
420 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
421 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
422 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
423 @item @b{opendous}
424 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
425 (OpenHardware).
426 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
427 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
428
429 @item @b{GW16042}
430 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
431 FT2232H-based
432
433 @end itemize
434 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
435
436 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
437 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
438 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
439 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
440 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
441
442 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
443 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
444 (see the section on driver commands).
445
446 @itemize
447 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
448 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
449 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
451 @end itemize
452
453 @section USB JLINK based
454 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
455 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
456 AT91SAM764 internally.
457
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
461 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
462 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
463 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
464 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB RLINK based
468 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
469 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
470 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
471
472 @itemize @bullet
473 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
474 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
475 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
477 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
478 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
479 @end itemize
480
481 @section USB ST-LINK based
482 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
483 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
484
485 @itemize @bullet
486 @item @b{ST-LINK}
487 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
488 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
489 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
490 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
491 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
492 @end itemize
493
494 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
495 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
496 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
497 @itemize @bullet
498 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
499 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
500 @end itemize
501
502 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
503 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
504 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
505 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
506
507 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
508 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
509 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
510
511 @section USB Other
512 @itemize @bullet
513 @item @b{USBprog}
514 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
515
516 @item @b{USB - Presto}
517 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
518
519 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
520 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
521
522 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
523 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
524
525 @item @b{Buspirate}
526 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
527
528 @item @b{opendous}
529 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
530
531 @item @b{estick}
532 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
533
534 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
535 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
536 @end itemize
537
538 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
539
540 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
541 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
542 these on the market.
543
544 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
545 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
546 of USB-based ones.
547
548 @itemize @bullet
549
550 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
551 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
552
553 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
554 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
555 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
556
557 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
558 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
559
560 @item @b{Wiggler2}
561 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
562
563 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
564 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
565
566 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
567 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
568
569 @item @b{arm-jtag}
570 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
571
572 @item @b{chameleon}
573 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
574
575 @item @b{Triton}
576 @* Unknown.
577
578 @item @b{Lattice}
579 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
580 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
581
582 @item @b{flashlink}
583 @* From ST Microsystems;
584 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
585
586 @end itemize
587
588 @section Other...
589 @itemize @bullet
590
591 @item @b{ep93xx}
592 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
593
594 @item @b{at91rm9200}
595 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
596
597 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
598 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
599
600 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
601 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
602 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
603
604 @end itemize
605
606 @node About Jim-Tcl
607 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
608 @cindex Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex tcl
610
611 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
612 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
613 command interpreter.
614
615 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
616 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
617 much of anything about Tcl.
618 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
619
620 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
621 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
622 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
623 OpenOCD mailing list.
624
625 @itemize @bullet
626 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
627 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
628 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
629 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
630 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
631 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
632
633 @item @b{Missing Features}
634 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
635 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
636 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
637 enabled in OpenOCD.
638
639 @item @b{Scripts}
640 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
641 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
642 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
643
644 @item @b{Commands}
645 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
646 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
647 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
648 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
649
650 @item @b{Historical Note}
651 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
652 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
653 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
654 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
655
656 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
657 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
658 @end itemize
659
660 @node Running
661 @chapter Running
662 @cindex command line options
663 @cindex logfile
664 @cindex directory search
665
666 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
667 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
668 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. An example rules file
669 that works for many common adapters is shipped with OpenOCD in the
670 @file{contrib} directory. MS-Windows needs
671 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
672 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
673
674 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
675 tell it how each debug session should work.
676 The @option{--help} option shows:
677 @verbatim
678 bash$ openocd --help
679
680 --help | -h display this help
681 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
682 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
683 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
684 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
685 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
686 --command | -c run <command>
687 @end verbatim
688
689 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
690 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
691 To specify one or more different
692 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
693
694 @example
695 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
696 @end example
697
698 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
699 @enumerate
700 @item the current directory,
701 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
702 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
703 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
704 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
705 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
706 @end enumerate
707 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
708
709 @quotation Note
710 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
711 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
712 @end quotation
713
714 @section Simple setup, no customization
715
716 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
717 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
718 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
719 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
720 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
721
722 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
723 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
724 the server with some variation of one of the following:
725
726 @example
727 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
728 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
729 @end example
730
731 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
732 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
733 If all goes well you'll see output something like
734
735 @example
736 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
737 For bug reports, read
738 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
739 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
740 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
741 @end example
742
743 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
744 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
745 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
746
747 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
748
749 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
750 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
751 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
752 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
753 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
754 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
755 ensure that this always succeeds.
756 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
757 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
758 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
759 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
760
761 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
762 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
763 those channels.
764
765 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
766 the @option{-d} option.
767
768 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
769 @option{-c} command line switch.
770
771 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
772 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
773 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
774 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
775 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
776 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
777 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
778
779 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
780 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
781
782 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
783 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
784 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
785 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
786
787 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
788 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
789
790 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
791 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
792 and start the OpenOCD server.
793 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
794 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
795 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
796 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
797
798 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
799
800 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
801 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
802 and a USB cable on the other.
803 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
804 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
805
806 @enumerate
807 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
808 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
809 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
810 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
811 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
812 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
813 debugging host.
814
815 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
816 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
817 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
818 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
819 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
820
821 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
822 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
823 with 1.2 Volt boards.
824
825 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
826 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
827 ways to connect the cable.
828 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
829 Be sure it's firmly connected.
830
831 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
832 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
833 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
834 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
835 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
836 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
837 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
838 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
839
840 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
841 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
842 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
843 but are tedious to set up.
844 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
845 adapter signals to the right board pins.
846
847 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
848 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
849 you are using to run OpenOCD.
850 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
851
852 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
853 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
854 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
855 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
856
857 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
858 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
859 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
860
861 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
862 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
863 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
864 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
865
866 @end enumerate
867
868 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
869 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
870 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
871
872 @section Project Directory
873
874 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
875
876 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
877 single directory for your work with a given board.
878 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
879 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
880 files accessed through semihosting,
881 and for code you upload to the target board.
882 It is also the natural place to write files,
883 such as log files and data you download from the board.
884
885 @section Configuration Basics
886
887 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
888 a variety of ways you can mix them.
889 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
890
891 @itemize
892 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
893 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
894 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
895 @end itemize
896
897 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
898 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
899 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
900
901 @example
902 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
903
904 # GDB can also flash my flash!
905 gdb_memory_map enable
906 gdb_flash_program enable
907
908 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
909 @end example
910
911 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
912
913 @example
914 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
915 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
916 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
917 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
918 @end example
919
920 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
921 each supporting a different development task.
922 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
923 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
924
925 @quotation Important
926 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
927 problems with how it treats variables.
928 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
929 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
930 that can be tested in a later script.
931 @end quotation
932
933 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
934 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
935 to simplify your work.
936
937 @section User Config Files
938 @cindex config file, user
939 @cindex user config file
940 @cindex config file, overview
941
942 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
943 in one place.
944 One of the following will match your situation best:
945
946 @itemize
947 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
948 provided by someone else.
949 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
950 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
951 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
952 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
953 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
954 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
955
956 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
957 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
958
959 @enumerate
960 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
961 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
962 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
963 @end enumerate
964
965 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
966 The first is an interface config file.
967 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
968 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
969 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
970 meet your deadline:
971
972 @example
973 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
974 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
975 @end example
976
977 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
978 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
979 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
980 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
981
982 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
983 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
984 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
985 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
986 target and board
987 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
988 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
989
990 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
991 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
992 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
993 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
994
995 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
996 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
997 giving access to your particular flash chips.
998 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
999 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1000
1001 @quotation Note
1002 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1003 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1004 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1005 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1006 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1007 @end quotation
1008
1009 @item
1010 You may may need to write some C code.
1011 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1012 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1013 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1014 a new chip architecture.
1015 @end itemize
1016
1017 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1018 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1019 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1020
1021 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1022 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1023 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1024 @itemize
1025
1026 @item
1027 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1028 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1029 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1030 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1031
1032 @item
1033 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1034 @cindex vector_catch
1035 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1036 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1037 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1038 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1039 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1040 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1041
1042 @item
1043 You might need to override some defaults.
1044 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1045 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1046
1047 @item
1048 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1049 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1050 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1051 @end itemize
1052
1053 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1054
1055 A few project-specific utility
1056 routines may well speed up your work.
1057 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1058
1059 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1060 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1061 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1062 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1063 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1064 may help:
1065
1066 @example
1067 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1068 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1069 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1070 # Leave the CPU halted.
1071 reset init
1072
1073 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1074 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1075
1076 # Start running.
1077 resume 0x20000000
1078 @}
1079 @end example
1080
1081 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1082 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1083 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1084 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1085 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1086
1087 @example
1088 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1089 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1090 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1091 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1092 reset init
1093
1094 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1095 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1096 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1097 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1098 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1099 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1100 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1101
1102 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1103 reset run
1104 @}
1105 @end example
1106
1107 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1108 from NAND.
1109 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1110 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1111 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1112
1113 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1114 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1115
1116 @section Target Software Changes
1117
1118 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1119 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1120 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1121 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1122 handling issues like:
1123
1124 @itemize @bullet
1125
1126 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1127 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1128 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1129 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1130 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1131 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1132 your debug sessions.
1133
1134 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1135 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1136 That might however be your only option.
1137
1138 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1139 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1140 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1141 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1142 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1143 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1144 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1145 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1146 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1147 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1148 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1149 instead of the whole thing.
1150 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1151 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1152
1153 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1154 @cindex ARM semihosting
1155 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1156 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1157 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1158 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1159 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1160 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1161 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1162 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1163 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1164 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1165 NAND or SPI flash.
1166
1167 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1168 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1169 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1170 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1171 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1172
1173 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1174 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1175 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1176 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1177 registers which can be used to change various features including
1178 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1179 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1180 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1181 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1182 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1183
1184 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1185 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1186 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1187 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1188 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1189
1190 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1191 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1192 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1193 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1194 early code execution can be debugged
1195 or firmware can be replaced.
1196
1197 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1198 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1199 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1200 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1201 operations like writing to memory.)
1202
1203 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1204 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1205 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1206 various kinds of message.
1207 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1208
1209 @end itemize
1210
1211 @section Target Hardware Setup
1212
1213 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1214 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1215 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1216 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1217 working with.}
1218
1219 Common issues include:
1220
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222
1223 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1224 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1225 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1226 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1227 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1228 or one from a daughtercard).
1229 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1230 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1231
1232 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1233 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1234 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1235 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1236 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1237 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1238
1239 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1240 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1241 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1242 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1243 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1244
1245
1246 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1247 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1248 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1249 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1250 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1251 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1252 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1253
1254 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1255 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1256 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1257 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1258 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1259
1260 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1261 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1262 used to start booting.
1263
1264 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1265 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1266 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1267 multiple audio codec chips).
1268 This interacts with software
1269 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1270 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1271 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1272 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1273 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1274 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1275 audio or video codecs are used.
1276
1277 @end itemize
1278
1279 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1280 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1281 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1282 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1283 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1284 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1285 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1286 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1287 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1288 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1289
1290
1291 @node Config File Guidelines
1292 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1293
1294 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1295 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1296 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1297 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1298
1299 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1300 with files including the ones listed here.
1301 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1302 @itemize @bullet
1303 @item @file{interface} ...
1304 These are for debug adapters.
1305 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1306 @example
1307 $ ls interface -R
1308 interface/:
1309 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1310 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1311 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1312 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1313 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1314 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1318 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1319 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1320 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1321 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1322 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1323 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1324 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1325 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1326 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1327 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1328 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1329 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1334
1335 interface/ftdi:
1336 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1337 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1338 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1339 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1340 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1341 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1342 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1343 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1344 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1345 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1346 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1347 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1351 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1352 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1353 $
1354 @end example
1355 @item @file{board} ...
1356 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1357 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1358 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1359 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1360 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1361 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1362 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1363 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1364 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1365 a CPU and an FPGA.
1366 @example
1367 $ ls board
1368 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1369 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1370 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1371 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1372 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1373 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1374 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1375 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1376 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1377 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1378 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1380 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1381 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1384 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1385 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1386 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1387 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1388 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1389 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1390 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1391 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1392 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1393 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1394 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1395 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1396 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1397 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1398 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1399 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1408 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1409 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1410 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1411 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1412 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1413 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1418 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1419 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1420 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1421 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1422 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1423 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1424 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1425 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1426 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1427 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1428 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1429 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1430 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1431 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1432 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1433 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1434 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1435 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1436 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1437 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1438 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1439 $
1440 @end example
1441 @item @file{target} ...
1442 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1443 on a chip
1444 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1445 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1446 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1447 the target config file defines all of them.
1448 @example
1449 $ ls target
1450 aduc702x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1451 am335x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1452 amdm37x.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1453 ar71xx.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1454 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1455 at91r40008.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1456 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1457 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1459 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1460 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1461 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1462 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1463 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1464 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1465 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1466 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1467 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1468 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1469 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1470 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1471 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1472 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1473 at91sam7se512.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1474 at91sam7sx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1475 at91sam7x256.cfg omap2420.cfg
1476 at91sam7x512.cfg omap3530.cfg
1477 at91sam9260.cfg omap4430.cfg
1478 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4460.cfg
1479 at91sam9261.cfg omap5912.cfg
1480 at91sam9263.cfg omapl138.cfg
1481 at91sam9.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1482 at91sam9g10.cfg pxa255.cfg
1483 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa270.cfg
1484 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1485 at91sam9rl.cfg readme.txt
1486 atmega128.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1487 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1488 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1489 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1490 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1491 c100regs.tcl sharp_lh79532.cfg
1492 cs351x.cfg sim3x.cfg
1493 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1494 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1495 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1496 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1497 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1498 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1499 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1500 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1501 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1502 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1503 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1505 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1506 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1507 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1508 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1509 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1510 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1511 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1512 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1513 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1514 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1515 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1516 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1517 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1518 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1519 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1520 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1521 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1522 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1523 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1524 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1525 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1526 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1527 lpc1763.cfg
1528 @end example
1529 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1530 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 @end itemize
1532
1533 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1534 file may override features in any of the above files by
1535 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1536 commands specific to their situation.
1537
1538 @section Interface Config Files
1539
1540 The user config file
1541 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542
1543 @example
1544 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 @end example
1546
1547 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1548 in use today with OpenOCD.
1549 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1550 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1551
1552 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1553 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1554 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1555 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1556 and need to provide a driver for it.
1557
1558 @section Board Config Files
1559 @cindex config file, board
1560 @cindex board config file
1561
1562 The user config file
1563 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 @end example
1568
1569 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1570 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1571 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572
1573 @enumerate
1574 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1575 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1576 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1577 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1578 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1579 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 @end enumerate
1581
1582 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1583 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1584 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1585 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1586
1587 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1588 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1589 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1590 configuration works.
1591
1592 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1593
1594 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1595 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1596 convention on how to use certain variables.
1597
1598 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1599 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1600 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1601 used at will within a target configuration file.
1602
1603 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1604 for a board with three chips:
1605
1606 @example
1607 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1608 set CHIPNAME network
1609 set ENDIAN big
1610 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1611 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1612 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1613 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1614
1615 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 set CHIPNAME video
1617 set ENDIAN little
1618 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1619 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1620 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1621 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1622
1623 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1625 unset ENDIAN
1626 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 @end example
1628
1629 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1630 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1631 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1632 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1633 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1634 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1635 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1636 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1637
1638 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1639 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 naming collisions.
1641
1642 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1643 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1644 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1645 up other clocks and peripherals.
1646
1647 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1648 @cindex variable names
1649
1650 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1651 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1652 one such chip (as shown above).
1653 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1654 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1655 to promote consistency and
1656 so that board files can override target defaults.
1657
1658 Inputs to target config files include:
1659
1660 @itemize @bullet
1661 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1662 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1663 tap identifier dotted names.
1664 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1665 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1666 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1667 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1668 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1669 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1670 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1671 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1672 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1673 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 @end itemize
1675
1676 Outputs from target config files include:
1677
1678 @itemize @bullet
1679 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1680 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1681 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1682 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1683 specific to that board and that target.
1684 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1685 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @end itemize
1687
1688 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1689 @cindex event, reset-init
1690 @cindex reset-init handler
1691
1692 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1693 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1694 fully set up yet.
1695 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1696 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1697 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1698 handler is one of the most important.
1699
1700 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1701 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1702 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1703 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1704 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705
1706 @quotation Note
1707 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1708 are included here.
1709 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1710 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1711 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1712 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 @end quotation
1714
1715 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1716 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1717 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1718 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1719 those as parameters.
1720 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1721 and disabling the watchdog.
1722 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1723 the next developer doing such work.
1724 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1725
1726 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1727 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1728 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1729 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1730
1731 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1732
1733 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1734 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1735 a low JTAG clock rate.
1736 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1737 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1738 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1739 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1740 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1741 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1742 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1743
1744 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1745 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1746 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1747 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1748 which might be less than that.
1749
1750 @quotation Warning
1751 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1752 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1753 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1754 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 @end quotation
1756
1757 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1758 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1759 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1760 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1761 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1762 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1763
1764 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1765 @subsection The init_board procedure
1766 @cindex init_board procedure
1767
1768 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1769 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1770 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1771 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1772 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1773 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1774 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1775 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1776 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1777 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1778 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1779 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1780
1781 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1782 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783
1784 @example
1785 ### board_file.cfg ###
1786
1787 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1788 source [find target/target.cfg]
1789
1790 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1791 # enables fast on-board clock source
1792 # configures the chip to use it
1793 @}
1794
1795 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1796 proc init_board @{@} @{
1797 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1798
1799 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1800 adapter_khz 1
1801 enable_fast_clock
1802 adapter_khz 10000
1803 @}
1804 @}
1805 @end example
1806
1807 @section Target Config Files
1808 @cindex config file, target
1809 @cindex target config file
1810
1811 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1812 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1813 more target config files like this:
1814
1815 @example
1816 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 @end example
1818
1819 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1820 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1821 In summary the target files should contain
1822
1823 @enumerate
1824 @item Set defaults
1825 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1826 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1827 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1828 @item On-Chip flash
1829 @end enumerate
1830
1831 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1832 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1833 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1834
1835 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1836 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1837 can talk to the chip.
1838 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1839 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1840 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1841 and other processing engines.
1842
1843 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1844
1845 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1846 letting board config files express environment-specific
1847 differences in how things should be set up.
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1851 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1852 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1854 @} else @{
1855 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 @}
1857
1858 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1859 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1860 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1861 @} else @{
1862 set _ENDIAN little
1863 @}
1864
1865 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1866 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1867 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1868 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1870 @} else @{
1871 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @}
1873 @end example
1874 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1875
1876 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1877 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1878 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1879
1880 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1881 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1882 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883
1884 @example
1885 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1886 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1890 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1891 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1892 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 for taps.
1894
1895 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1896 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1897 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1898 looks (in part) like this:
1899
1900 @example
1901 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 @end example
1903
1904 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1905 to source such a config file twice, with different
1906 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1907 it adds a different TAP each time.
1908
1909 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1910 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1911 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1912 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913
1914 @example
1915 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1917 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1918 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1919 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 @end example
1921
1922 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1923 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1927 plus a JRC to enable them
1928 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1929 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1930 is not currently used)
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 @subsection Add CPU targets
1934
1935 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1936 GDB and other commands can use it.
1937 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1938 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1939 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1940 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941
1942 @example
1943 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 @end example
1946
1947 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1948 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1949 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1950 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1951 a work area if you can.
1952 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953
1954 @example
1955 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1956 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @end example
1958
1959 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1960 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1961 @cindex SMP
1962 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963
1964 @example
1965 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1966 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1969 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1970 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1971 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1972 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1973 @end example
1974 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1975 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1976 @itemize @bullet
1977 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1978 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1979 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1980 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1981 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1982 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 @end itemize
1984
1985 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1986 command have been implemented.
1987 @itemize @bullet
1988 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1989 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1990 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1991 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1992 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1993 following example.
1994 @end itemize
1995
1996 @example
1997 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1998 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1999 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2000 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2001 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2002 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2003 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2004 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2005 > resume
2006 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2007 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2008 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2009 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2010 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2011 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2012 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2013 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2014 @end example
2015
2016
2017 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2018
2019 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2020 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2021 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2022
2023 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2024 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2025 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2026 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 both signals.
2028
2029 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2030 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2031 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2032 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2033 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2034 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2035 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2036 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2037 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2038 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 not available.)
2040
2041 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2042 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2043 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2044 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2045 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2046 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2047 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2048 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2049
2050 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2051 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2052 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2053 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2054 slower clock than they will use later.
2055 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2056 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2057 than they will use later.
2058 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2059
2060 @quotation Important
2061 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2062 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2063 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2064 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2065 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @end quotation
2067
2068 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2069 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2070 @cindex init_targets procedure
2071
2072 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2073 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2074 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2075 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2076 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2077 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2078 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2079 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2080 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081
2082 @example
2083 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2084
2085 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2086 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 @}
2088
2089 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2090 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2091 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 @}
2093
2094 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2095
2096 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2097
2098 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2099 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2100 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2101 @}
2102 @end example
2103
2104 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2105 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2106
2107 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2108
2109 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2110 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2111
2112 @anchor{theinittargeteventsprocedure}
2113 @subsection The init_target_events procedure
2114 @cindex init_target_events procedure
2115
2116 A special procedure called @code{init_target_events} is run just after
2117 @code{init_targets} (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets
2118 procedure}.) and before @code{init_board}
2119 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.) It is used
2120 to set up default target events for the targets that do not have those
2121 events already assigned.
2122
2123 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2124
2125 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2126 special high speed download features - enable it.
2127
2128 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2129
2130 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2131 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2132 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2133 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2134 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2135 If you are using an external trace port,
2136 configure it in your board config file.
2137 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2138 configure it in your target config file.
2139
2140 @example
2141 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2142 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2143 @end example
2144
2145 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2146
2147 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2148
2149 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2150 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2151 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2152 the TARGET (chip) file.
2153
2154 Examples:
2155 @itemize @bullet
2156 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2157 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2158 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2159 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2160 @end itemize
2161
2162 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2163 @section Translating Configuration Files
2164 @cindex translation
2165 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2166 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2167 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2168 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2169 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2170 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2171
2172 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2173 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2174 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2175 convert other scripts later on.
2176
2177 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2178 replace job:
2179
2180 @example
2181 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2182 #
2183 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2184 #
2185 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2186 #
2187 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2188
2189 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2190 global TARGETNAME
2191
2192 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2193
2194 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2195 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2196 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2197 @}
2198 @end example
2199
2200
2201
2202 @node Daemon Configuration
2203 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2204 @cindex initialization
2205 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2206 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2207 supported.
2208
2209 @anchor{configurationstage}
2210 @section Configuration Stage
2211 @cindex configuration stage
2212 @cindex config command
2213
2214 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2215 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2216 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2217 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2218 inside startup scripts.
2219
2220 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2221 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2222 which may be issued interactively.
2223 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2224 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2225
2226 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2227 flash banks,
2228 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2229 and other basic setup.
2230 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2231 may access or activate TAPs.
2232 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2233 longer be issued.
2234
2235 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2236 @section Entering the Run Stage
2237
2238 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2239 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2240 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2241 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2242 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2243 You should see no errors at this point.
2244 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2245 commands you used to configure the server.
2246 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2247 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2248 on the scan chain.
2249
2250 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2251 become available.
2252 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2253 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2254 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2255 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2256 entry to the run stage.
2257
2258 @deffn {Config Command} init
2259 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2260 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2261 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2262 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2263 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2264 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2265
2266 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2267 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2268 configuration files and/or command line options.
2269
2270 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2271 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2272 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2273 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2274 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2278 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2279 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2280
2281 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2282 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2283 scan chain.
2284 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2285 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2286
2287 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2288 they return.
2289 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2290 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @anchor{tcpipports}
2294 @section TCP/IP Ports
2295 @cindex TCP port
2296 @cindex server
2297 @cindex port
2298 @cindex security
2299 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2300 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2301 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2302
2303 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2304 access using one or more of these ports.
2305 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2306 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2307 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2308
2309 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2310 @cindex GDB server
2311 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2312 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2313 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2314 the normal use cases.
2315
2316 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2317 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2318 disables the gdb server.
2319
2320 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2321 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2322
2323 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2324 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2325
2326 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2327 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2328 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2329
2330 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2331 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2332 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2333 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2337 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2338 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2339 output from the Tcl engine.
2340 Intended as a machine interface.
2341 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2342 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2343
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2347 Specify or query the
2348 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2349 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2350 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2351 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2352 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2356 @section GDB Configuration
2357 @cindex GDB
2358 @cindex GDB configuration
2359 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2360 The ones listed here are static and global.
2361 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2362 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2363
2364 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2365 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2366 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2367 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2368 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2369 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2370 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2374 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2375 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2376 vFlash packet is received.
2377 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2378 @end deffn
2379
2380 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2381 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2382 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2383 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2384 for flash programming to work.
2385 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2386 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2387 @end deffn
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2390 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2391 by GDB memory read packets.
2392 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2393 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2397 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2398 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2402 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2403
2404 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2405 @end deffn
2406
2407 @anchor{eventpolling}
2408 @section Event Polling
2409
2410 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2411 where significant events can happen at any time.
2412 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2413 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2414 or to GDB.
2415
2416 Examples of such events include:
2417
2418 @itemize
2419 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2420 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2421 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2422 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2423 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2424 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2425 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2426 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2427 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2428 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2429 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2430 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2431 @end itemize
2432
2433 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2434 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2435 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2436 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2437 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2438
2439 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2440 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2441 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2442 to the various active targets.
2443 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2444 which is normally done in the background.
2445
2446 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2447 Poll the current target for its current state.
2448 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2449 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2450 specific information about the current state is printed.
2451 An optional parameter
2452 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2453
2454 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2455 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2456 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2457 @example
2458 > poll
2459 background polling: on
2460 target state: halted
2461 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2462 current mode: Supervisor
2463 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2464 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2465 >
2466 @end example
2467 @end deffn
2468
2469 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2470 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2471 @cindex config file, interface
2472 @cindex interface config file
2473
2474 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2475 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2476 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2477
2478 @quotation Note
2479 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2480 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2481 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2482 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2483 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2484 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2485 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2486 @end quotation
2487
2488 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2489 through commands in an interface configuration
2490 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2491 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2492
2493 @example
2494 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2495 @end example
2496
2497 These commands tell
2498 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2499 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2500
2501 @example
2502 # jlink interface
2503 interface jlink
2504 @end example
2505
2506 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2507
2508
2509 @section Interface Configuration
2510
2511 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2512 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2513 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2514
2515 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2516 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2517 target.
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2521 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2522 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2525 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2526 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2527 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2528 the hardware can support.
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531
2532
2533 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2534 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2535 @end deffn
2536
2537 @section Interface Drivers
2538
2539 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2540 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2541 available at run time.
2542
2543 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2544 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2545 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2546 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2547
2548 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2549 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2550 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2554 Displays status of RTCK option.
2555 Optionally sets that option first.
2556 @end deffn
2557 @end deffn
2558
2559 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2560 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2561 This has one driver-specific command:
2562
2563 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2564 Logs some status
2565 @end deffn
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2569 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2570 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2571 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2572 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2573 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2574 @end deffn
2575
2576 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2577 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2578
2579 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2580 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2581 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2582 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2583 @example
2584 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2585 @end example
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_serial} [serial]
2589 Specifies the @var{serial} of the CMSIS-DAP device to use.
2590 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2591 @end deffn
2592
2593 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2594 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2595 @end deffn
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2599 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2600 @end deffn
2601
2602 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2603 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2607 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2608
2609 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2610 recommended as its replacement.
2611
2612 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2613 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2614
2615 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2616 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2617 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2618 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2619 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2620 @end deffn
2621
2622 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2623 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2624 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2625 is connected to the host.
2626 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2627 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2628 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2629 @end deffn
2630
2631 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2632 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2633 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2634 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2635 @itemize @minus
2636 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2637 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2638 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2639 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2640 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2641 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2642 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2643 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2644 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2645 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2646 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2647 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2648 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2649 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2650 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2651 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2652 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2653 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2654 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2655 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2656 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2657 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2658 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2659 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2660 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2661 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2662 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2663 @end itemize
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2667 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2668 default values are used.
2669 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2670 @example
2671 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2672 @end example
2673 @end deffn
2674
2675 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2676 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2677 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2678 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2679 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2680 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2681 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2682 @end deffn
2683
2684 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2685 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2686 The default value is 1.
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 For example, the interface config file for a
2690 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2691
2692 @example
2693 interface ft2232
2694 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2695 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2696 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2697 @end example
2698 @end deffn
2699
2700 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2701 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2702 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2703 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2704 interface driver.
2705
2706 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2707 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2708 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2709
2710 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2711 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2712 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2713
2714 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2715 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2716 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2717 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2718 will be used for their customary purpose.
2719
2720 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2721 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2722 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2723 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2724
2725 @itemize @minus
2726 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2727 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2728 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2729 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2730 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2731 switching data and direction as necessary
2732 @end itemize
2733
2734 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2735 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2736
2737 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2738 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2739 default values are used.
2740 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2741 @example
2742 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2743 @end example
2744 @end deffn
2745
2746 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2747 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2748 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2749 during device selection.
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2753 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2754 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2755 is connected to the host.
2756 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2757 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2758 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2759 @end deffn
2760
2761 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2762 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2763 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2767 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2768 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2769 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2770 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2771 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2772 and initially asserted reset signals.
2773 @end deffn
2774
2775 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask] [@option{-alias}|@option{-nalias} name]
2776 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2777 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2778 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2779 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2780 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2781 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2782 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2783 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2784
2785 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2786 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2787 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2788 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2789 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2790 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2791
2792 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2793 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2794 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2795 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2796 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2797 are always driven by the FTDI.
2798
2799 If @option{-alias} or @option{-nalias} is used, the signal is created
2800 identical (or with data inverted) to an already specified signal
2801 @var{name}.
2802 @end deffn
2803
2804 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2805 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2806 @itemize @minus
2807 @item @option{0}, drive low
2808 @item @option{1}, drive high
2809 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2810 @end itemize
2811 @end deffn
2812
2813 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2814 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2818 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2819 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2820 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2821
2822 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2823 processors which are being simulated.
2824
2825 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2826 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2827 sockets instead of TCP.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2831 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2832 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2833 @end deffn
2834
2835 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2836 something like:
2837
2838 @example
2839 interface remote_bitbang
2840 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2841 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2842 @end example
2843
2844 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2845 named mysocket:
2846
2847 @example
2848 interface remote_bitbang
2849 remote_bitbang_port 0
2850 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2851 @end example
2852 @end deffn
2853
2854 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2855 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2856 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2857 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2858
2859 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2860 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2861 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2862 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2863 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2864 @end deffn
2865
2866 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2867 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2868 default values are used.
2869 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2870 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2871 @example
2872 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2873 @end example
2874 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2875 @example
2876 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2877 @end example
2878 @end deffn
2879
2880 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2881 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2882 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2883 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2884
2885 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2886 @example
2887 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2888 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2889 @end example
2890 @end deffn
2891
2892 @end deffn
2893
2894 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2895 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2896 This has one driver-specific command:
2897
2898 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2899 Display either the address of the I/O port
2900 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2901 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2902 This is a write-once setting.
2903 @end deffn
2904 @end deffn
2905
2906 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2907 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports JTAG and SWD transports.
2908
2909 @quotation Compatibility Note
2910 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2911 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2912 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2913 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2914 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2915 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2916 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2917 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2918 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2919 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2920 @end quotation
2921
2922 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2923 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2924 @end deffn
2925 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2926 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2927 @end deffn
2928 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2929 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2930 @end deffn
2931 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2932 Display the J-Link configuration.
2933 @end deffn
2934 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2935 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2936 @end deffn
2937 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2938 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2939 @end deffn
2940 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2941 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2942 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2943 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2944 @end deffn
2945 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2946 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2947 @end deffn
2948 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2949 Reset the current configuration.
2950 @end deffn
2951 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2952 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2953 @end deffn
2954 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2955 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2956 @end deffn
2957 @deffn {Config} {jlink serial} serial-number
2958 Set the @var{serial-number} of the interface, in case more than one adapter is connected to the host.
2959 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2960
2961 Note that there may be leading zeros in the @var{serial-number} string
2962 that will not show in the Segger software, but must be specified here.
2963 Debug level 3 output contains serial numbers if there is a mismatch.
2964
2965 As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2966 @end deffn
2967 @end deffn
2968
2969 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2970 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2971 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2972 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2973 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2974
2975 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2976 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2977 This is a write-once setting.
2978 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2979
2980 @itemize @minus
2981 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2982 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2983 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2984 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2985 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2986 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2987 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2988 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2989 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2990 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2991 some versions of
2992 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2993 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2994 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2995 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2996 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2997 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2998 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2999 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
3000 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
3001 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
3002 @end itemize
3003 @end deffn
3004
3005 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
3006 Display either the address of the I/O port
3007 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
3008 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
3009 This is a write-once setting.
3010
3011 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
3012 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
3013 you may encounter a problem.
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
3017 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
3018 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
3019 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
3020 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
3021 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
3022
3023 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
3024 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
3025 @quotation Tip
3026 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
3027 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
3028 @example
3029 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3030 > adapter_khz 500
3031 @end example
3032 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3033 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3034 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3035 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3036 large set of samples.
3037 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3038 @example
3039 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3040 @end example
3041 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3042 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3043
3044 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3045 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3046 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3047 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3048 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3049 @end quotation
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3053 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3054 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3055 @end deffn
3056
3057 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3058 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3059
3060 @example
3061 interface parport
3062 parport_port 0x278
3063 parport_cable wiggler
3064 @end example
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3068 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3069 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3070 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3071 @end deffn
3072 @end deffn
3073
3074 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3075 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3076 @end deffn
3077
3078 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3079 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3080 @end deffn
3081
3082 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3083 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3084
3085 @quotation Note
3086 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3087 which are not currently documented here.
3088 @end quotation
3089 @end deffn
3090
3091 @anchor{hla_interface}
3092 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3093 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3094 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3095 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3096
3097 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3098 STLINK firmware version >= V2.J21.S4 recommended due to issues with earlier
3099 versions of firmware where serial number is reset after first use. Suggest
3100 using ST firmware update utility to upgrade STLINK firmware even if current
3101 version reported is V2.J21.S4.
3102
3103 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3104 Currently Not Supported.
3105 @end deffn
3106
3107 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3108 Specifies the serial number of the adapter.
3109 @end deffn
3110
3111 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3112 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3113 @end deffn
3114
3115 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3116 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3117 @end deffn
3118
3119 @deffn {Command} {hla_command} command
3120 Execute a custom adapter-specific command. The @var{command} string is
3121 passed as is to the underlying adapter layout handler.
3122 @end deffn
3123 @end deffn
3124
3125 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3126 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3127 @end deffn
3128
3129 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3130 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3131 @end deffn
3132
3133 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3134 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3135 @end deffn
3136
3137 @quotation Note
3138 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3139 which are not currently documented here.
3140 @end quotation
3141
3142 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3143 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3144 No arguments: print status.
3145 @end deffn
3146
3147 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3148 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3149 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3150
3151 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3152 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3153 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3154 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3155 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3156 configuration on exit.
3157
3158 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3159 pinout.
3160
3161 @end deffn
3162
3163 @section Transport Configuration
3164 @cindex Transport
3165 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3166 and the debug adapter you are using,
3167 several transports may be available to
3168 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3169 @deffn Command {transport list}
3170 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3171 version of OpenOCD.
3172 @end deffn
3173
3174 @deffn Command {transport select} @option{transport_name}
3175 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3176
3177 When invoked with @option{transport_name}, attempts to select the named
3178 transport. The transport must be supported by the debug adapter
3179 hardware and by the version of OpenOCD you are using (including the
3180 adapter's driver).
3181
3182 If no transport has been selected and no @option{transport_name} is
3183 provided, @command{transport select} auto-selects the first transport
3184 supported by the debug adapter.
3185
3186 @command{transport select} always returns the name of the session's selected
3187 transport, if any.
3188 @end deffn
3189
3190 @subsection JTAG Transport
3191 @cindex JTAG
3192 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3193 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3194 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3195 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3196 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3197 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3198
3199 JTAG transport is selected with the command @command{transport select
3200 jtag}. Unless your adapter uses @ref{hla_interface,the hla interface
3201 driver}, in which case the command is @command{transport select
3202 hla_jtag}.
3203
3204 @subsection SWD Transport
3205 @cindex SWD
3206 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3207 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3208 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3209 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3210 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3211 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3212 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3213
3214 SWD transport is selected with the command @command{transport select
3215 swd}. Unless your adapter uses @ref{hla_interface,the hla interface
3216 driver}, in which case the command is @command{transport select
3217 hla_swd}.
3218
3219 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3220 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3221 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3222 expected to change.
3223 @end deffn
3224 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3225 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3226 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3227 No parameters: displays current settings.
3228 @end deffn
3229
3230 @subsection SPI Transport
3231 @cindex SPI
3232 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3233 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3234 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3235 solution for flash programming.
3236
3237 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3238 @section JTAG Speed
3239 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3240 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3241 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3242 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3243 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3244 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3245 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3246 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3247 power management software that may be active.
3248
3249 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3250 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3251 target event handler.
3252 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3253 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3254 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3255 sets up those clocks).
3256 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3257 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3258 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3259 in the target config file.
3260 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3261 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3262 config file instead.
3263 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3264 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3265 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3266
3267 @example
3268 jtag_rclk 3000
3269 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3270 @end example
3271
3272 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3273 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3274 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3275 may not be the fastest solution.
3276
3277 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3278 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3279 which support adaptive clocking.
3280
3281 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3282 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3283 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3284 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3285 than the speed specified.
3286
3287 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3288 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3289 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3290 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3291
3292 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3293 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3294 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3295 JTAG clocking after setup.
3296 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3297 If the interface device can not
3298 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3299 @end deffn
3300
3301 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3302 @cindex adaptive clocking
3303 @cindex RTCK
3304 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3305 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3306 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3307 @example
3308 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3309 jtag_rclk 3000
3310 @end example
3311 @end defun
3312
3313 @node Reset Configuration
3314 @chapter Reset Configuration
3315 @cindex Reset Configuration
3316
3317 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3318 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3319 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3320 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3321 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3322 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3323 Please see the various board files for examples.
3324
3325 @quotation Note
3326 To maintainers and integrators:
3327 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3328 Normally the board configuration file
3329 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3330 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3331
3332 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3333 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3334 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3335 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3336 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3337 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3338 @end quotation
3339
3340 @section Types of Reset
3341
3342 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3343 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3344 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3345
3346 @itemize @bullet
3347 @item
3348 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3349 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3350 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3351 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3352 @item
3353 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3354 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3355 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3356 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3357 @item
3358 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3359 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3360 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3361 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3362 @item
3363 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3364 several other types of reset.
3365 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3366 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3367 There may be individual module resets.
3368 @end itemize
3369
3370 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3371 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3372 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3373 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3374 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3375 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3376 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3377 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3378 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3379
3380 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3381 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3382
3383 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3384 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3385 common issues are:
3386
3387 @itemize @bullet
3388
3389 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3390 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3391 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3392 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3393 when either of those signals is not connected.
3394 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3395 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3396 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3397 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3398
3399 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3400 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3401 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3402 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3403
3404 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3405 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3406 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3407 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3408 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3409 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3410 hardware debouncing.
3411 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3412 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3413
3414 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3415 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3416 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3417 to use push/pull output drivers.
3418 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3419 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3420 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3421 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3422
3423 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3424 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3425 issues (not limited to errata).
3426 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3427 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3428 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3429 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3430 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3431 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3432 @end itemize
3433
3434 There can also be other issues.
3435 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3436 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3437 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3438 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3439 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3440 Agreement (NDA).
3441
3442 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3443 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3444 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3445
3446 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3447 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3448
3449 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3450
3451 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3452 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3453 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3454 allowing it to be deasserted.
3455 @end deffn
3456
3457 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3458 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3459 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3460 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3461 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3462 @end deffn
3463
3464 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3465 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3466 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3467 allowing it to be deasserted.
3468 @end deffn
3469
3470 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3471 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3472 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3473 @end deffn
3474
3475 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3476 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3477 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3478 configuration scripts.
3479
3480 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3481 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3482 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3483 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3484 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3485 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3486 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3487 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3488
3489 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3490 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3491 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3492 -- may be specified at a time.
3493 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3494 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3495 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3496 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3497 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3498
3499 @itemize
3500 @item
3501 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3502 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3503 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3504 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3505 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3506
3507 @quotation Tip
3508 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3509 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3510 @end quotation
3511
3512 @item
3513 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3514 signal implementations.
3515 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3516 indicating everything behaves normally.
3517 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3518 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3519 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3520 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3521 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3522 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3523 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3524
3525 @item
3526 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3527 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3528 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3529 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3530 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3531 while SRST is asserted.
3532 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3533 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3534
3535 @item
3536 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3537 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3538 is required to use this option.
3539 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3540 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3541 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3542 be asserted before any target connection.
3543 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3544 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3545 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3546 @end itemize
3547
3548 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3549 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3550 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3551 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3552 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3553
3554 @itemize
3555 @item
3556 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3557 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3558 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3559 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3560
3561 @item
3562 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3563 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3564 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3565 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3566 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3567 @end itemize
3568 @end deffn
3569
3570 @section Custom Reset Handling
3571 @cindex events
3572
3573 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3574 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3575 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3576 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3577 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3578 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3579
3580 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3581 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3582 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3583 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3584 want to reset everything at once.
3585
3586 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3587 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3588 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3589 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3590 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3591 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3592 needs special attention.
3593
3594 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3595 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3596 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3597 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3598 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3599 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3600 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3601 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3602
3603 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3604 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3605 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3606 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3607 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3608
3609 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3610 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3611 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3612 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3613 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3614 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3615 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3616 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3617 or potentially some other value.
3618
3619 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3620 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3621 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3622 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3623 (or their associated targets)
3624 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3625
3626 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3627 they return.
3628 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3629 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3630 @end deffn
3631
3632 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3633 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3634 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3635 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3636 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3637 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3638 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3639 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3640 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3641 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3642 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3643 @end deffn
3644
3645 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3646 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3647 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3648 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3649 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3650 @end deffn
3651
3652
3653 @node TAP Declaration
3654 @chapter TAP Declaration
3655 @cindex TAP declaration
3656 @cindex TAP configuration
3657
3658 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3659 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3660
3661 @itemize @bullet
3662 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3663 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3664 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3665 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3666 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3667 start running that code.
3668 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3669 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3670 and missing connections.
3671 @end itemize
3672
3673 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3674 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3675 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3676 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3677 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3678
3679 @section Scan Chains
3680 @cindex scan chain
3681
3682 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3683 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3684 They also need to be added to
3685 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3686 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3687 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3688 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3689 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3690 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3691 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3692 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3693
3694 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3695 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3696 command, presented in the next chapter.
3697 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3698 debugging targets.)
3699 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3700
3701 @verbatim
3702 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3703 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3704 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3705 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3706 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3707 @end verbatim
3708
3709 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3710 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3711 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3712 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3713 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3714 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3715 until they are told to do so.
3716
3717 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3718 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3719 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3720 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3721
3722 @example
3723 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3724 @end example
3725
3726 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3727 by a given chip.
3728 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3729 and so forth.
3730 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3731 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3732 both inside a single chip and between them.
3733 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3734
3735 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3736 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3737 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3738 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3739 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3740 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3741 includes commands something like this:
3742
3743 @example
3744 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3745 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3746 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3747 @end example
3748
3749 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3750 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3751 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3752
3753 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3754 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3755 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3756 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3757 @example
3758 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3759 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3760 @}
3761 @end example
3762 @end deffn
3763
3764 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3765 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3766 and their status.
3767 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3768 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3769 but systems with a JTAG router can
3770 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3771 @end deffn
3772
3773 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3774 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3775
3776 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3777 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3778
3779 @section TAP Names
3780 @cindex dotted name
3781
3782 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3783 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3784 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3785 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3786 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3787 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3788 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3789 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3790
3791 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3792 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3793 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3794
3795 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3796
3797 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3798 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3799 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3800 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3801
3802 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3803 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3804 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3805 overridable.
3806
3807 @cindex TAP naming convention
3808 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3809 and should follow this convention:
3810
3811 @itemize @bullet
3812 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3813 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3814 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3815 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3816 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3817 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3818 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3819 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3820 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3821 with a single TAP;
3822 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3823 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3824 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3825 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3826 @end itemize
3827
3828 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3829
3830 @itemize @bullet
3831 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3832 @*The length in bits of the
3833 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3834 @end itemize
3835
3836 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3837
3838 @itemize @bullet
3839 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3840 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3841 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3842 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3843 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3844 (the TAP is linked in).
3845 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3846 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3847 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3848 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3849 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3850 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3851 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3852 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3853 values that were found but not included in the list.
3854
3855 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3856 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3857 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3858 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3859 hardware to find these values.
3860 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3861 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3862 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3863 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3864 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3865 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3866 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3867 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3868 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3869 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3870 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3871 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3872 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3873 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3874 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3875 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3876 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3877 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3878 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3879 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3880 @end itemize
3881 @end deffn
3882
3883 @section Other TAP commands
3884
3885 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3886 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3887 At this writing this TAP attribute
3888 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3889 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3890 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3891 See the next section for information about the available events.
3892
3893 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3894 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3895 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3896 @end deffn
3897
3898 @section TAP Events
3899 @cindex events
3900 @cindex TAP events
3901
3902 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3903 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3904 The other applies to debugger targets,
3905 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3906
3907 The TAP events currently defined are:
3908
3909 @itemize @bullet
3910 @item @b{post-reset}
3911 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3912 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3913 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3914 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3915 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3916
3917 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3918 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3919 of any particular target.
3920 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3921 @item @b{setup}
3922 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3923 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3924 @item @b{tap-disable}
3925 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3926 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3927 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3928 @item @b{tap-enable}
3929 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3930 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3931 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3932 @end itemize
3933
3934 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3935 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3936 contents to be accurate), you might:
3937
3938 @example
3939 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3940 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3941 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3942 @}
3943 @end example
3944
3945
3946 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3947 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3948 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3949 @cindex jrc
3950
3951 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3952 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3953 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3954 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3955 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3956
3957 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3958 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3959 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3960 be visible.
3961 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3962 ignores, such as:
3963
3964 @itemize
3965 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3966 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3967 TAPs receive new instructions.
3968 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3969 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3970 @end itemize
3971
3972 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3973 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3974 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3975 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3976
3977 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3978 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3979
3980 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3981 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3982 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3983 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3984 should define TAP event handlers using
3985 code that looks something like this:
3986
3987 @example
3988 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3989 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3990 @}
3991 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3992 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3993 @}
3994 @end example
3995
3996 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3997
3998 @example
3999 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
4000 @end example
4001
4002 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
4003 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
4004 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
4005 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
4006
4007 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
4008 If necessary, disables the tap
4009 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
4010 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4011 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4012 and "0" if it is disabled.
4013 @end deffn
4014
4015 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
4016 If necessary, enables the tap
4017 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
4018 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4019 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4020 and "0" if it is disabled.
4021 @end deffn
4022
4023 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
4024 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4025 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4026 and "0" if it is disabled.
4027
4028 @quotation Note
4029 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
4030 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
4031 @end quotation
4032 @end deffn
4033
4034 @anchor{autoprobing}
4035 @section Autoprobing
4036 @cindex autoprobe
4037 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
4038
4039 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
4040 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
4041 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
4042 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
4043
4044 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
4045 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
4046 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
4047 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
4048 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
4049 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
4050 right when they come out of reset).
4051
4052 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4053
4054 @example
4055 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4056 reset_config trst_and_srst
4057 jtag_rclk 8
4058 @end example
4059
4060 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4061 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4062
4063 @enumerate
4064 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4065 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4066 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4067 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4068 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4069 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4070 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4071 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4072 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4073 that is discovered.
4074 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4075 register, it will report it.
4076 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4077 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4078 @end enumerate
4079
4080 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4081 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4082 that's a bit more complex:
4083
4084 @example
4085 clock speed 8 kHz
4086 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4087 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4088 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4089 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4090 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4091 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4092 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4093 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4094 @end example
4095
4096 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4097 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4098 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4099 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4100 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4101 and so forth.
4102
4103 @node CPU Configuration
4104 @chapter CPU Configuration
4105 @cindex GDB target
4106
4107 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4108 You can also access these targets without GDB
4109 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4110 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4111 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4112 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4113
4114 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4115 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4116
4117 @section Target List
4118 @cindex target, current
4119 @cindex target, list
4120
4121 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4122 where each member has a name.
4123 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4124 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4125 (plural!) command.
4126 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4127 look like with more than one:
4128 @verbatim
4129 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4130 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4131 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4132 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4133 @end verbatim
4134
4135 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4136 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4137 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4138 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4139 space seen by that current target.
4140 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4141 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4142 are examples; and there are many more.
4143
4144 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4145
4146 @deffn Command {target current}
4147 Returns the name of the current target.
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @deffn Command {target names}
4151 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4152 @example
4153 foreach t [target names] @{
4154 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4155 @}
4156 @end example
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4160 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4161
4162 @deffn Command targets [name]
4163 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4164 command names are singular.}
4165
4166 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4167 targets in a user friendly form.
4168
4169 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4170 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4171 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4172 @end deffn
4173
4174 @section Target CPU Types
4175 @cindex target type
4176 @cindex CPU type
4177
4178 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4179 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4180 when calling @command{target create}.
4181 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4182 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4183 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4184 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4185 what core-specific commands may be available
4186 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4187 and more.
4188
4189 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4190 since there's a command to list them.
4191
4192 @anchor{targettypes}
4193 @deffn Command {target types}
4194 Lists all supported target types.
4195 At this writing, the supported CPU types are:
4196
4197 @itemize @bullet
4198 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4199 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4200 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4201 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4202 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4203 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4204 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4205 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4206 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4207 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4208 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4209 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4210 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4211 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4212 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4213 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4214 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4215 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core
4216 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4217 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4218 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4219 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4220 @itemize @minus
4221 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4222 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4223 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4224 @end itemize
4225 And two debug interfaces cores:
4226 @itemize @minus
4227 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4228 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4229 @end itemize
4230 @end itemize
4231 @end deffn
4232
4233 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4234 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4235 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4236 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4237 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4238 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4239 reflect design generations;
4240 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4241 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4242
4243 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4244 @section Target Configuration
4245
4246 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4247 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4248 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4249 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4250 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4251
4252 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4253 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4254 optional parts.
4255 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4256 command, created as part of target creation.
4257
4258 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4259 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4260 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4261 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4262 to be much more board-specific.
4263 The key steps you use might look something like this
4264
4265 @example
4266 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4267 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4268 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4269 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4270 @end example
4271
4272 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4273 on-chip SRAM.
4274 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4275 writes to target memory;
4276 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4277 GDB memory checksumming;
4278 and more.
4279
4280 @quotation Warning
4281 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4282 inaccessible when application code
4283 (such as an operating system)
4284 enables or disables the MMU.
4285 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4286 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4287 easy access to other addresses needed.
4288 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4289 @end quotation
4290
4291 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4292 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4293 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4294 controllers.
4295 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4296 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4297 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4298
4299 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4300 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4301 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4302 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4303 purposes including additional configuration.
4304
4305 @itemize @bullet
4306 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4307 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4308 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4309 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4310
4311 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4312 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4313 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4314 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4315 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4316 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4317 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4318
4319 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4320 @end itemize
4321 @end deffn
4322
4323 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4324 The options accepted by this command may also be
4325 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4326 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4327 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4328
4329 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4330 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4331 and changing its endianness.
4332
4333 @itemize @bullet
4334
4335 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4336 used to access this target.
4337
4338 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4339 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4340
4341 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4342 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4343 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4344 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4345 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4346 same event name assigns only one handler.
4347
4348 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4349 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4350 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4351 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4352 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4353 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4354 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4355
4356 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4357 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4358 or virtual address is being used.
4359
4360 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4361 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4362
4363 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4364 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4365 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4366 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4367 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4368
4369 @anchor{rtostype}
4370 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4371 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4372 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}|@option{mqx}
4373 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4374
4375 @end itemize
4376 @end deffn
4377
4378 @section Other $target_name Commands
4379 @cindex object command
4380
4381 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4382 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4383
4384 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4385 Once a button is created a button
4386 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4387 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4388 configure it like this:
4389
4390 @example
4391 # Create
4392 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4393 # Modify
4394 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4395 # Query
4396 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4397 # Report
4398 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4399 @end example
4400
4401 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4402 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4403
4404 @example
4405 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4406 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4407 @end example
4408
4409 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4410
4411 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4413 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4414 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4415 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4416 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4417 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4418 They are not otherwise documented here.
4419 @end deffn
4420
4421 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4422 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4423 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4424 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4425 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4426 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4427 the target side uses raw memory.
4428
4429 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4430 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4431 The script orientation comes from working with data
4432 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4433 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4434 and neither store nor return those values.
4435
4436 @itemize
4437 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4438 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4439 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4440 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4441 @end itemize
4442 @end deffn
4443
4444 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4445 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4446 @command{$target_name configure}
4447 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4448 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4449 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4450 There are a few special cases:
4451
4452 @itemize @bullet
4453 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4454 event named @var{event_name}.
4455 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4456 two parameters.
4457 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4458 This is a special case because this is set using
4459 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4460 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4461 @end itemize
4462
4463 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4464 all the targets you might use something like this:
4465
4466 @example
4467 foreach name [target names] @{
4468 set y [$name cget -endian]
4469 set z [$name cget -type]
4470 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4471 $x $name $y $z]
4472 @}
4473 @end example
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4477 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4478 Displays the current target state:
4479 @code{debug-running},
4480 @code{halted},
4481 @code{reset},
4482 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4483 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4484 @end deffn
4485
4486 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4487 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4488 currently associated with this target.
4489 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4490 @end deffn
4491
4492 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4493 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4494 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4495 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4496 @end deffn
4497
4498 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4499 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4500 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4501 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4502 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4503 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4504 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4505 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4506 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4510 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4511 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4512 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4513 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4514 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4515 @end deffn
4516
4517 @anchor{targetevents}
4518 @section Target Events
4519 @cindex target events
4520 @cindex events
4521 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4522 For example:
4523 @itemize @bullet
4524 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4525 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4526 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4527 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4528 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4529 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4530 to set up system clocks or
4531 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4532 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4533 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4534 @end itemize
4535
4536 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4537 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4538 @command{target create ... -event}.
4539
4540 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4541 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4542 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4543
4544 @example
4545 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4546 echo "Reset..."
4547 reset halt
4548 @}
4549 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4550 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4551 echo "Reset..."
4552 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4553 reset init
4554 @}
4555 @end example
4556
4557 The following target events are defined:
4558
4559 @itemize @bullet
4560 @item @b{debug-halted}
4561 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4562 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4563 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4564 @item @b{early-halted}
4565 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4566 @item @b{examine-start}
4567 @* Before target examine is called.
4568 @item @b{examine-end}
4569 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4570 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4571 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4572 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4573 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4574 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4575 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4576 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4577 @* When GDB disconnects
4578 @item @b{gdb-end}
4579 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4580 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4581 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash (default is
4582 @code{reset init})
4583 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4584 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4585 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4586 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4587 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4588 @* After GDB writes to the flash (default is @code{reset halt})
4589 @item @b{gdb-start}
4590 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4591 @item @b{halted}
4592 @* The target has halted
4593 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4594 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4595 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4596 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4597 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4598 @item @b{reset-assert}
4599 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4600 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4601 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4602 it instead of asserting SRST.
4603 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4604 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4605 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4606 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4607 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4608 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4609 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4610 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4611 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4612 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4613 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4614 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4615 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4616 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4617 released on the scan chain.
4618 @item @b{reset-end}
4619 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4620 @ignore
4621 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4622 @* Currently not used
4623 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4624 @* Currently not used
4625 @end ignore
4626 @item @b{reset-init}
4627 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4628 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4629
4630 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4631 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4632 multiplexing, and so on.
4633 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4634 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4635 @item @b{reset-start}
4636 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4637 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4638
4639 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4640 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4641 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4642 @ignore
4643 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4644 @* Currently not used
4645 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4646 @* Currently not used
4647 @end ignore
4648 @item @b{resume-start}
4649 @* Before any target is resumed
4650 @item @b{resume-end}
4651 @* After all targets have resumed
4652 @item @b{resumed}
4653 @* Target has resumed
4654 @item @b{trace-config}
4655 @* After target hardware trace configuration was changed
4656 @end itemize
4657
4658 @node Flash Commands
4659 @chapter Flash Commands
4660
4661 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4662 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4663 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4664 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4665 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4666 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4667 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4668 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4669 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4670
4671 Flash Steps:
4672 @enumerate
4673 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4674 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4675 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4676 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4677 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4678 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4679 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4680 @item GDB Flashing
4681 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4682 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4683 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4684 @end enumerate
4685
4686 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4687 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4688 so that it can't boot.
4689 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4690 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4691
4692 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4693 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4694 @cindex flash configuration
4695
4696 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4697 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4698 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4699 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4700 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4701 see the driver-specific documentation.
4702
4703 @itemize @bullet
4704 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4705 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4706 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4707 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4708 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4709 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4710 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4711 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4712 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4713 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4714 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4715 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4716 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4717 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4718 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4719 commands to the flash controller.
4720 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4721 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4722 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4723 for more information.
4724 @end itemize
4725 @quotation Note
4726 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4727 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4728 @end quotation
4729 @end deffn
4730
4731 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4732 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4733 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4734 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4735 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4736 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4737 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn Command {flash list}
4741 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4742 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4743 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4747 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4748 depends on the flash type.
4749 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4750 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4751 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4752 but most don't bother.
4753 @end deffn
4754
4755 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4756 @cindex flash erasing
4757 @cindex flash reading
4758 @cindex flash writing
4759 @cindex flash programming
4760 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4761
4762 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4763 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4764 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4765 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4766 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4767
4768 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4769 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4770 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4771 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4772 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4773
4774 @quotation Note
4775 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4776 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4777 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4778 back to a flash bank.
4779 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4780 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4781 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4782 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4783 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4784 @end quotation
4785
4786 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4787 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4788 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4789 disabled first.
4790 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4791 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4792 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4793
4794 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4795 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4796 up to and including @var{last}.
4797 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4798 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4799 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4800 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4804 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4805 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4806 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4807 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4808 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4809 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4810 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4811 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4812 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4813 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4814 before erase starts.
4815 @end deffn
4816
4817 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4818 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4819 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4820 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4821 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4822 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4823 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4824 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4825 before issuing this command.
4826 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4827 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4828 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4829 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4830 @end deffn
4831 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4832
4833 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4834 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4835 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4836 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4840 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4841 Only loadable sections from the image are written.
4842 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4843 to the base address for each section in the image.
4844 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4845 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4846 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4847 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4848 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4849 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4850 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4851 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4852 each image section.
4853
4854 @quotation Warning
4855 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4856 data you want to preserve.
4857 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4858 sections might be erased with no notice.
4859 @itemize
4860 @item
4861 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4862 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4863 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4864 @item
4865 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4866 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4867 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4868 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4869 @end itemize
4870 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4871 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4872 @end quotation
4873
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @section Other Flash commands
4877 @cindex flash protection
4878
4879 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4880 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4881 and display that status.
4882 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4886 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4887 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4888 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4889 and possibly stale information.
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @anchor{flashprotect}
4893 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4894 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4895 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4896 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4897 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4898 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4899 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4903 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4904 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4905 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4906 @end deffn
4907
4908 @anchor{program}
4909 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [exit] [offset]
4910 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4911 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4912 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4913 @end deffn
4914
4915 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4916 @section Flash Driver List
4917 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4918 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4919 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4920
4921 @subsection External Flash
4922
4923 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4924 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4925 @cindex CFI
4926 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4927 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4928 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4929 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4930 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4931 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4932 configure a bus and its timings), or
4933 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4934 on the flash chip.
4935 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4936 speed up operation.
4937
4938 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4939
4940 @itemize
4941 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4942 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4943 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4944 @end itemize
4945
4946 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4947 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4948
4949 @example
4950 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4951 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4952 @end example
4953
4954 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4955 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4956 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4957
4958 @example
4959 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4960 @end example
4961
4962 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4963 @end deffn
4964
4965 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4966 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4967 @cindex SPIFI
4968 @cindex lpcspifi
4969 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4970 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4971 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4972
4973 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4974 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4975 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4976 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4977 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4978
4979 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4980 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4981 are configured by the driver.
4982
4983 @example
4984 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4985 @end example
4986
4987 @end deffn
4988
4989 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4990 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4991 @cindex SMI
4992 @cindex stmsmi
4993 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4994 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4995 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4996 SPI flash devices.
4997 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4998 flash devices can be connected.
4999
5000 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
5001 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
5002 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
5003 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
5004 the flash content.
5005
5006 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5007 to identify the memory bank.
5008 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5009 flash size, are detected automatically.
5010
5011 @example
5012 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5013 @end example
5014
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5018
5019 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5020 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5021 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5022 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5023 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5024 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5025
5026 @example
5027 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5028 @end example
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @anchor{at91samd}
5032 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91samd
5033 @cindex at91samd
5034
5035 @deffn Command {at91samd chip-erase}
5036 Issues a complete Flash erase via the Device Service Unit (DSU). This can be
5037 used to erase a chip back to its factory state and does not require the
5038 processor to be halted.
5039 @end deffn
5040
5041 @deffn Command {at91samd set-security}
5042 Secures the Flash via the Set Security Bit (SSB) command. This prevents access
5043 to the Flash and can only be undone by using the chip-erase command which
5044 erases the Flash contents and turns off the security bit. Warning: at this
5045 time, openocd will not be able to communicate with a secured chip and it is
5046 therefore not possible to chip-erase it without using another tool.
5047
5048 @example
5049 at91samd set-security enable
5050 @end example
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @deffn Command {at91samd eeprom}
5054 Shows or sets the EEPROM emulation size configuration, stored in the User Row
5055 of the Flash. When setting, the EEPROM size must be specified in bytes and it
5056 must be one of the permitted sizes according to the datasheet. Settings are
5057 written immediately but only take effect on MCU reset. EEPROM emulation
5058 requires additional firmware support and the minumum EEPROM size may not be
5059 the same as the minimum that the hardware supports. Set the EEPROM size to 0
5060 in order to disable this feature.
5061
5062 @example
5063 at91samd eeprom
5064 at91samd eeprom 1024
5065 @end example
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn Command {at91samd bootloader}
5069 Shows or sets the bootloader size configuration, stored in the User Row of the
5070 Flash. This is called the BOOTPROT region. When setting, the bootloader size
5071 must be specified in bytes and it must be one of the permitted sizes according
5072 to the datasheet. Settings are written immediately but only take effect on
5073 MCU reset. Setting the bootloader size to 0 disables bootloader protection.
5074
5075 @example
5076 at91samd bootloader
5077 at91samd bootloader 16384
5078 @end example
5079 @end deffn
5080
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @anchor{at91sam3}
5084 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5085 @cindex at91sam3
5086 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5087 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5088 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5089 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5090 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5091 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5092 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5093 chips are confirmed.}
5094
5095 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5096 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5097 the following fixed locations:
5098
5099 @example
5100 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5101 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5102 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5103 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5104 @end example
5105
5106 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5107 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5108 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5109
5110 @itemize
5111 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5112 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5113 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5114 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5115 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5116 @end itemize
5117
5118 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5119
5120 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5121 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5122 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5123 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5124 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5125 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5126 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5127
5128 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5129 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5130 @end deffn
5131
5132 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5133 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5134 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5135 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5136 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5137 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5138 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5139 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5140 @end deffn
5141
5142 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5143 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5144 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5145 @end deffn
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5149 @cindex at91sam4
5150 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5151 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5152 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5153 @end deffn
5154
5155 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5156 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5157 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5158 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5159 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5160
5161 @example
5162 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5163 @end example
5164
5165 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5166 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5167
5168 @itemize
5169 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5170 @item @var{banks}
5171 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5172 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5173 @item @var{pages_size}
5174 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5175 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5176 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5177 @end itemize
5178
5179 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5180 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5181 will be autoconfigured.
5182 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5183
5184 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5185 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5186 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5187 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5188 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5189
5190 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5191 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5192 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5193 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5194 are not truly general purpose).
5195 @quotation Note
5196 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5197 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5198 @end quotation
5199 @end deffn
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5203 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5204 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5205 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5209 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5210 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5211 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5212 autoconfigures itself.
5213 @example
5214 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5215 @end example
5216 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5217 supported.}
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5221 This is the driver to support internal flash of all members of the
5222 LPC11(x)00 and LPC1300 microcontroller families and most members of
5223 the LPC800, LPC1500, LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4000 and LPC54100
5224 microcontroller families from NXP.
5225
5226 @quotation Note
5227 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5228 driver:
5229 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5230 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5231 @end quotation
5232
5233 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5234 which must appear in the following order:
5235
5236 @itemize
5237 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5238 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5239 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5240 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x and LPC177x/8x)
5241 @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5242 LPC43x[2357])
5243 @option{lpc800} (LPC8xx)
5244 @option{lpc1100} (LPC11(x)xx and LPC13xx)
5245 @option{lpc1500} (LPC15xx)
5246 @option{lpc54100} (LPC541xx)
5247 @option{lpc4000} (LPC40xx)
5248 or @option{auto} - automatically detects flash variant and size for LPC11(x)00,
5249 LPC8xx, LPC13xx, LPC17xx and LPC40xx
5250 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5251 at which the core is running
5252 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5253 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5254 @quotation Note
5255 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5256 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5257 However, if you do provide it,
5258 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5259 @end quotation
5260 @end itemize
5261
5262 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5263
5264 @example
5265 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5266 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5267 @end example
5268
5269 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5270 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5271 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5272 @end deffn
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5276 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5277 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5278 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5279 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5280 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5281
5282 @example
5283 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5284 @end example
5285 @end deffn
5286
5287 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5288 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5289 from NXP.
5290
5291 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5292 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5293 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5294 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5295 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5296 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5297 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5298 you start the PLL.
5299
5300 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5301
5302 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5303 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5304 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5305
5306 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5307 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5308 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5309 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5310 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5311 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5312 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5313
5314 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5315 @example
5316 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5317 @end example
5318
5319 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5320 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5321 @code{flash banks} command.
5322
5323 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5324 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5325 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5326 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5327 a known signature.
5328 Example:
5329 @example
5330 lpc2900 signature 0
5331 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5332 @end example
5333 @end deffn
5334
5335 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5336 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5337 saves it to a file in binary format.
5338 Example:
5339 @example
5340 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5341 @end example
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5345 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5346 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5347 command:
5348
5349 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5350 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5351 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5352 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5353
5354 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5355 Example:
5356 @example
5357 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5358 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5359 @end example
5360 @end deffn
5361
5362 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5363 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5364 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5365 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5366 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5367 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5368 912 bytes.
5369 @quotation Attention
5370 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5371 @end quotation
5372 Example:
5373 @example
5374 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5375 @end example
5376 @end deffn
5377
5378 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5379 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5380 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5381 after the next power cycle.
5382 @quotation Attention
5383 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5384 @end quotation
5385 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5386 Example:
5387 @example
5388 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5389 flash info 0
5390 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5391 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5392 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5393 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5394 @end example
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5398 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5399 effective after the next power cycle.
5400 @quotation Attention
5401 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5402 @end quotation
5403 Examples:
5404 @example
5405 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5406 @end example
5407 @end deffn
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5411 This driver is an implementation of the ``on chip flash loader''
5412 protocol proposed by Pavel Chromy.
5413
5414 It is a minimalistic command-response protocol intended to be used
5415 over a DCC when communicating with an internal or external flash
5416 loader running from RAM. An example implementation for AT91SAM7x is
5417 available in @file{contrib/loaders/flash/at91sam7x/}.
5418
5419 @example
5420 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5421 @end example
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5425 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5426 and integrate flash memory.
5427
5428 @example
5429 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5430 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5431 @end example
5432
5433 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5434 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5435 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5436 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5437 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5438 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5439 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5440 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5441 @end deffn
5442 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5443 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5444 This will remove any Code Protection.
5445 @end deffn
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn {Flash Driver} psoc4
5449 All members of the PSoC 41xx/42xx microcontroller family from Cypress
5450 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M0 cores.
5451 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5452 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5453
5454 Note: Erased internal flash reads as 00.
5455 System ROM of PSoC 4 does not implement erase of a flash sector.
5456
5457 @example
5458 flash bank $_FLASHNAME psoc4 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5459 @end example
5460
5461 psoc4-specific commands
5462 @deffn Command {psoc4 flash_autoerase} num (on|off)
5463 Enables or disables autoerase mode for a flash bank.
5464
5465 If flash_autoerase is off, use mass_erase before flash programming.
5466 Flash erase command fails if region to erase is not whole flash memory.
5467
5468 If flash_autoerase is on, a sector is both erased and programmed in one
5469 system ROM call. Flash erase command is ignored.
5470 This mode is suitable for gdb load.
5471
5472 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @deffn Command {psoc4 mass_erase} num
5476 Erases the contents of the flash memory, protection and security lock.
5477
5478 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5479 @end deffn
5480 @end deffn
5481
5482 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5483 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx, LM4x and Tiva C microcontroller
5484 families from Texas Instruments include internal flash. The driver
5485 automatically recognizes a number of these chips using the chip
5486 identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5487 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5488 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5489 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5490
5491 @example
5492 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5493 @end example
5494
5495 @deffn Command {stellaris recover}
5496 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to restore
5497 the flash and its associated nonvolatile registers to their factory
5498 default values (erased). This is the only way to remove flash
5499 protection or re-enable debugging if that capability has been
5500 disabled.
5501
5502 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5503 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5504 @quotation Warning
5505 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5506 applied to all of them.
5507 @end quotation
5508 @end deffn
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5512 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5513 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5514 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5515 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5516
5517 @example
5518 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5519 @end example
5520
5521 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5522 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5523 the flash driver.
5524
5525 @example
5526 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5527 @end example
5528
5529 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5530 as per the following example.
5531 @example
5532 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5533 @end example
5534
5535 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5536 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5537 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5538 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5539 are defined:
5540
5541 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5542 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5543 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5544 @end deffn
5545
5546 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5547 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5548 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5552 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5553 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5554 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5555 @end deffn
5556
5557 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5558 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5559 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5560 @end deffn
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5564 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5565 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5566 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5567 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5568
5569 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5570 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5571 the flash driver.
5572
5573 @example
5574 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5575 @end example
5576
5577 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5578
5579 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5580 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5581 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5582 @end deffn
5583
5584 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5585 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5586 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5587 @end deffn
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5591 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5592 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M0+ cores.
5593 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5594 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5595
5596 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5597 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5598 the flash driver. If you use 0 as the bank base address, it tells the
5599 driver to autodetect the bank location assuming you're configuring the
5600 second bank.
5601
5602 @example
5603 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0x08000000 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5604 @end example
5605
5606 Some stm32lx-specific commands are defined:
5607
5608 @deffn Command {stm32lx mass_erase} num
5609 Mass erases the entire stm32lx device (all flash banks and EEPROM
5610 data). This is the only way to unlock a protected flash (unless RDP
5611 Level is 2 which can't be unlocked at all).
5612 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5613 @end deffn
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5617 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5618 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5619 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5620 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5621
5622 @example
5623 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5624 @end example
5625
5626 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5627 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5628 for the specified flash bank.
5629 @end deffn
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5633 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5634 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5635 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5636 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5637
5638 @example
5639 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5640 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5641 @end example
5642
5643 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5644 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5645 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5646
5647 @itemize @bullet
5648 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5649 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5650 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5651 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5652 @end itemize
5653 @end deffn
5654
5655 @end deffn
5656
5657 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5658 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5659 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5660 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5661
5662 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5663
5664 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5665 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5669 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5670 @end deffn
5671
5672 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5673 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5674 the flash clock.
5675 @end deffn
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5679 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5680 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5681
5682 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5683
5684 @itemize
5685 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5686 @end itemize
5687
5688 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5689 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5690 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5691 @example
5692 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5693 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5694 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5695 @end example
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5699 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5700 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5701 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5702 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5703 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5704 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5705
5706 @example
5707 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5708 @end example
5709 @end deffn
5710
5711 @deffn {Flash Driver} sim3x
5712 All members of the SiM3 microcontroller family from Silicon Laboratories
5713 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. It supports both JTAG
5714 and SWD interface.
5715 The @var{sim3x} driver tries to probe the device to auto detect the MCU.
5716 If this failes, it will use the @var{size} parameter as the size of flash bank.
5717
5718 @example
5719 flash bank $_FLASHNAME sim3x 0 $_CPUROMSIZE 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5720 @end example
5721
5722 There are 2 commands defined in the @var{sim3x} driver:
5723
5724 @deffn Command {sim3x mass_erase}
5725 Erases the complete flash. This is used to unlock the flash.
5726 And this command is only possible when using the SWD interface.
5727 @end deffn
5728
5729 @deffn Command {sim3x lock}
5730 Lock the flash. To unlock use the @command{sim3x mass_erase} command.
5731 @end deffn
5732
5733 @end deffn
5734
5735 @subsection str9xpec driver
5736 @cindex str9xpec
5737
5738 Here is some background info to help
5739 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5740 the str9:
5741 @enumerate
5742 @item
5743 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5744 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5745 @item
5746 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5747 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5748 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5749 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5750 @end enumerate
5751
5752 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5753 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5754 configured for flash bank 0.
5755 @example
5756 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5757 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5758 jtag_reset 0 1
5759 # turn off target polling
5760 poll off
5761 # disable str9 core
5762 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5763 # read option bytes
5764 str9xpec options_read 0
5765 # re-enable str9 core
5766 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5767 poll on
5768 reset halt
5769 @end example
5770 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5771 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5772 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5773 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5774
5775 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5776 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5777 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5778 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5779 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5780
5781 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5782
5783 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5784 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5785 @end deffn
5786
5787 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5788 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5789 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5790 @end deffn
5791
5792 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5793 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5794 erase the device.
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5798 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5802 Configure str9 boot bank.
5803 @end deffn
5804
5805 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5806 Configure str9 lvd source.
5807 @end deffn
5808
5809 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5810 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5814 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5818 Read str9 option bytes.
5819 @end deffn
5820
5821 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5822 Write str9 option bytes.
5823 @end deffn
5824
5825 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5826 unlock str9 device.
5827 @end deffn
5828
5829 @end deffn
5830
5831 @deffn {Flash Driver} nrf51
5832 All members of the nRF51 microcontroller families from Nordic Semiconductor
5833 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0 core.
5834
5835 @example
5836 flash bank $_FLASHNAME nrf51 0 0x00000000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5837 @end example
5838
5839 Some nrf51-specific commands are defined:
5840
5841 @deffn Command {nrf51 mass_erase}
5842 Erases the contents of the code memory and user information
5843 configuration registers as well. It must be noted that this command
5844 works only for chips that do not have factory pre-programmed region 0
5845 code.
5846 @end deffn
5847
5848 @deffn {Flash Driver} mrvlqspi
5849 This driver supports QSPI flash controller of Marvell's Wireless
5850 Microcontroller platform.
5851
5852 The flash size is autodetected based on the table of known JEDEC IDs
5853 hardcoded in the OpenOCD sources.
5854 @end deffn
5855 @end deffn
5856
5857 @section mFlash
5858
5859 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5860 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5861
5862 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5863 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5864 address @var{base}.
5865 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5866 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5867
5868 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5869
5870 @example
5871 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5872 @end example
5873
5874 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5875
5876 @example
5877 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5878 @end example
5879 @end deffn
5880
5881 @subsection mFlash commands
5882 @cindex mFlash commands
5883
5884 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5885 Configure mflash PLL.
5886 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5887 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5888 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5889 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5893 Configure bootable option.
5894 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5895 (4kB) for boot.
5896 @end deffn
5897
5898 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5899 Configure storage information.
5900 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5901 written.
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5905 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5906 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5907 @end deffn
5908
5909 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5910 Probe mflash.
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5914 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5915 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @node Flash Programming
5919 @chapter Flash Programming
5920
5921 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5922 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5923 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5924
5925 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5926 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and optionally shutdown.
5927
5928 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5929 @enumerate
5930 @item 'init' is executed.
5931 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5932 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5933 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5934 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5935 @item OpenOCD is shutdown if @option{exit} parameter is given.
5936 @end enumerate
5937
5938 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5939
5940 @example
5941 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5942 # are optional parameters
5943 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5944 -c "program filename.elf verify reset exit"
5945
5946 # binary files need the flash address passing
5947 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5948 -c "program filename.bin exit 0x08000000"
5949 @end example
5950
5951 @node NAND Flash Commands
5952 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5953 @cindex NAND
5954
5955 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5956 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5957 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5958
5959 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5960 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5961 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5962 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5963 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5964 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5965
5966 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5967 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5968 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5969 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5970 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5971 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5972 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5973 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5974 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5975 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5976
5977 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5978 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5979 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5980 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5981 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5982 every 512 bytes of data.
5983
5984 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5985 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5986 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5987 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5988 ECC mode is used.
5989
5990 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5991 @enumerate
5992 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5993 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5994 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5995 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5996 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5997 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5998 to access that device.
5999 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
6000 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
6001 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
6002 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
6003 de-brick a board.
6004 @end enumerate
6005
6006 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
6007 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
6008 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
6009 are only 32 bits wide.
6010 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
6011 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
6012 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
6013 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
6014
6015 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
6016 @section NAND Configuration Commands
6017 @cindex NAND configuration
6018
6019 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
6020 plus some additional configuration that's done after
6021 OpenOCD has initialized.
6022
6023 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
6024 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
6025 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
6026 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
6027 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
6028 they were a single (larger) device.
6029 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
6030 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
6031
6032 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
6033 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
6034 configuration files, not interactively.
6035
6036 @itemize @bullet
6037 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
6038 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
6039 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
6040 associated with the NAND device being declared.
6041 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
6042 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
6043 commands to the NAND controller.
6044 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
6045 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
6046 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
6047 for more information.
6048 @end itemize
6049 @end deffn
6050
6051 @deffn Command {nand list}
6052 Prints a summary of each device declared
6053 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
6054 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
6055 @example
6056 > nand list
6057 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
6058 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
6059 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
6060 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
6061 >
6062 @end example
6063 @end deffn
6064
6065 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
6066 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
6067 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
6068 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6069 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
6070 it with most other NAND commands.
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
6074
6075 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
6076 @cindex NAND reading
6077 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
6078 starting at the specified offset.
6079 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6080
6081 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6082 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6083
6084 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
6085 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
6086 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
6087
6088 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
6089 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
6090 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
6091 method which handled that error correction.
6092
6093 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
6094 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
6095 @itemize @bullet
6096 @item no oob_* parameter
6097 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
6098 @item @code{oob_raw}
6099 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
6100 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
6101 spare areas associated with each data page.
6102 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
6103 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
6104 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
6105 @item @code{oob_only}
6106 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
6107 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
6108 spare areas associated with each data page.
6109 @end itemize
6110 @end deffn
6111
6112 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
6113 @cindex NAND erasing
6114 @cindex NAND programming
6115 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
6116 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
6117 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6118 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6119 If those parameters are not specified,
6120 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
6121 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6122
6123 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
6124 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
6125 block marker.
6126 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
6127 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
6131 @cindex NAND writing
6132 @cindex NAND programming
6133 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
6134 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
6135 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
6136 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6137
6138 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6139 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6140
6141 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6142 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
6143 past the end of the device.
6144 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
6145 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
6146 if that's being written.)
6147
6148 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
6149 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
6150 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
6151
6152 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
6153 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
6154 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
6155 @itemize @bullet
6156 @item no oob_* parameter
6157 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6158 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
6159 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6160 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
6161 with hardware-computed ECC data.
6162 @item @code{oob_only}
6163 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
6164 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
6165 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6166 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6167 @item @code{oob_raw}
6168 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6169 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6170 un-altered OOB.
6171 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6172 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6173 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6174 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6175 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6176 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6177 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6178 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6179 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6180 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6181 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6182 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6183 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6184 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6185 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6186 @end itemize
6187 @end deffn
6188
6189 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6190 @cindex NAND verification
6191 @cindex NAND programming
6192 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6193 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6194 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6195
6196 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6197 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6198
6199 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6200 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6201 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6202 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6203 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6204
6205 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6206 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6207 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6208
6209 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6210 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6211 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6212 be removed in a future release.
6213 @end deffn
6214
6215 @section Other NAND commands
6216 @cindex NAND other commands
6217
6218 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6219 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6220 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6221 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6222 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6223 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6224 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6225 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6226
6227 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6228 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6229 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6233 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6234 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6235 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6236 status for each block.
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6240 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6241 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6242
6243 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6244 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6245 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6246 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6247 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6248
6249 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6250 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6251 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6252 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6253 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6254 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6255 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6256 @end deffn
6257
6258 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6259 @section NAND Driver List
6260 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6261 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6262 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6263
6264 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6265 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6266 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6267 address of the ECC controller.
6268 @example
6269 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6270 @end example
6271 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6272 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6273 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6274 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6275 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6276 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6277 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6278 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6279 @end deffn
6280 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6281 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6282 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6286 properly configured for input or output.
6287 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6288 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6289 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6290 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6291 @end deffn
6292 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6293 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6294 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6295 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6296 @end deffn
6297 @end deffn
6298
6299 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6300 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6301 chips from Texas Instruments.
6302 It takes three extra parameters:
6303 address of the NAND chip;
6304 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6305 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6306 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6307 @example
6308 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6309 @end example
6310 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6311 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6312 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6313 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6314 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6315 @end deffn
6316
6317 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6318 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6319 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6320 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6321 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6322 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6323 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6327 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6328 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6329 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6330 @end deffn
6331 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6332
6333 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6334 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6335 should work for this chip aswell.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6339 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6340 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6341 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6342 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6343 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6344 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6345 @example
6346 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6347 @end example
6348 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6349 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6350 without parameter query status.
6351 @end deffn
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6355 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6356 parameter: the address of the controller.
6357 @example
6358 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6359 @end example
6360 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6361 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6362 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6363 change any behavior.
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6367 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6368 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6369 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6370 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6371 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6372 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6373 specialized commands.
6374 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6375 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6376 change any behavior.
6377 @end deffn
6378
6379 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6380 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6381 @cindex PLD
6382 @cindex FPGA
6383
6384 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6385 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6386 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6387 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6388 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6389 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6390 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6391
6392 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6393
6394 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6395 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6396 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6397
6398 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6399 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6400
6401 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6402 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6403 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6404 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6405 behavior.
6406 @end deffn
6407
6408 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6409 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6413 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6414 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6415 @end deffn
6416
6417 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6418
6419 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6420 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6421 that particular type of PLD.
6422
6423 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6424 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6425 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6426 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6427 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6428
6429 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6430 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6431 for FPGA @var{num}.
6432 @end deffn
6433 @end deffn
6434
6435 @node General Commands
6436 @chapter General Commands
6437 @cindex commands
6438
6439 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6440 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6441 commands are documented elsewhere.
6442
6443 Intent:
6444 @itemize @bullet
6445 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6446 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6447 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6448 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6449
6450 @item @b{From the human}
6451 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6452 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6453
6454 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6455 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6456 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6457
6458 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6459 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6460 port is 5555.
6461 @end itemize
6462
6463
6464 @section Daemon Commands
6465
6466 @deffn {Command} exit
6467 Exits the current telnet session.
6468 @end deffn
6469
6470 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6471 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6472 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6473 Not every command provides helptext.
6474
6475 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6476 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6477 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6478 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6479 @end deffn
6480
6481 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6482 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6483 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6484 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6485 Useful in connection with script files
6486 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @deffn Command shutdown [@option{error}]
6490 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet,
6491 other). If option @option{error} is used, OpenOCD will return a
6492 non-zero exit code to the parent process.
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @anchor{debuglevel}
6496 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6497 @cindex message level
6498 Display debug level.
6499 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6500 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6501 Level 0 is error messages only;
6502 level 1 adds warnings;
6503 level 2 adds informational messages;
6504 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6505 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6506 the command line along with the location of that log
6507 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6508 @xref{Running}.
6509 @end deffn
6510
6511 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6512 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6513 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6514 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6515 @example
6516 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6517 @end example
6518 @end deffn
6519
6520 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6521 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6522 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6523 @end deffn
6524
6525 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6526 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6527 @end deffn
6528
6529 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6530 @section Target State handling
6531 @cindex reset
6532 @cindex halt
6533 @cindex target initialization
6534
6535 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6536 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6537 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6538 a current target which is used to perform the
6539 various operations. The current target may be changed
6540 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6541 target which should become current.
6542
6543 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6544 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6545 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6546 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6547 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6548
6549 @emph{With no arguments}:
6550 list all available registers for the current target,
6551 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6552 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6553 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6554 are flagged as such.
6555
6556 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6557 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6558 bypassing any internal cache.
6559
6560 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6561 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6562 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6563 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6564 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6565 relevant module will flush such values.
6566
6567 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6568 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6569
6570 @example
6571 > reg
6572 ===== ARM registers
6573 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6574 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6575 (2) r2 (/32)
6576 ...
6577 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6578 >
6579 @end example
6580 @end deffn
6581
6582 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6583 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6584 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6585 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6586 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6587 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6588 (and enter debug mode).
6589 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6590
6591 @quotation Warning
6592 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6593 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6594 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6595 power mode by gating the core clock;
6596 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6597
6598 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6599 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6600 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6601 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6602 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6603 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6604
6605 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6606 work with a JTAG debugger.
6607 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6608 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6609 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6610 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6611 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6612 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6613 @end quotation
6614
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @deffn Command resume [address]
6618 Resume the target at its current code position,
6619 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6620 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6621 @end deffn
6622
6623 @deffn Command step [address]
6624 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6625 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6626 @end deffn
6627
6628 @anchor{resetcommand}
6629 @deffn Command reset
6630 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6631 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6632 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6633 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6634 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6635 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6636
6637 The optional parameter specifies what should
6638 happen after the reset.
6639 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6640 The other options will not work on all systems.
6641 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6642
6643 @itemize @minus
6644 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6645 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6646 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6647 @end itemize
6648 @end deffn
6649
6650 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6651 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6652 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6653 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6654 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6655 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6656 state.
6657 @end deffn
6658
6659 @section I/O Utilities
6660
6661 These commands are available when
6662 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6663 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6664 notably the ZY1000.
6665 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6666
6667 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6668
6669 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6670 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6671 the text file @file{filename}.
6672 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6673 The last string is followed by a newline.
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command cat filename
6677 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6681 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6682 into @file{dest_filename}.
6683 @end deffn
6684
6685 @deffn Command ip
6686 @emph{No description provided.}
6687 @end deffn
6688
6689 @deffn Command ls
6690 @emph{No description provided.}
6691 @end deffn
6692
6693 @deffn Command mac
6694 @emph{No description provided.}
6695 @end deffn
6696
6697 @deffn Command meminfo
6698 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6699 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6700 @end deffn
6701
6702 @deffn Command peek
6703 @emph{No description provided.}
6704 @end deffn
6705
6706 @deffn Command poke
6707 @emph{No description provided.}
6708 @end deffn
6709
6710 @deffn Command rm filename
6711 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6712 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6713 @end deffn
6714
6715 @deffn Command trunc filename
6716 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6717 @end deffn
6718
6719 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6720 @section Memory access commands
6721 @cindex memory access
6722
6723 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6724 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6725 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6726 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6727
6728 @enumerate
6729 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6730 to change the current target.
6731 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6732 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6733 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6734 @end enumerate
6735
6736 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6737 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6738 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6739 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6740 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6741 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6742 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6743 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6744 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6745 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6746 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6747 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6748 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6749 @end deffn
6750
6751 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6752 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6753 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6754 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6755 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6756 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6757 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6758 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6759 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6760 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6761 @end deffn
6762
6763 @anchor{imageaccess}
6764 @section Image loading commands
6765 @cindex image loading
6766 @cindex image dumping
6767
6768 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6769 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6770 binary file named @var{filename}.
6771 @end deffn
6772
6773 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6774 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6775 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6776 @end deffn
6777
6778 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6779 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6780 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6781 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6782 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6783 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6784 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6785 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6786 separately.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6790 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6791 The file format may optionally be specified
6792 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6793 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6794 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6795 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6796 @example
6797 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6798 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6799 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6800 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6801 @}
6802 @end example
6803 @end deffn
6804
6805 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6806 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6807 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6808 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6809 The file format may optionally be specified
6810 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6811 @end deffn
6812
6813 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6814 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6815 The file format may optionally be specified
6816 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6817 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6818 @end deffn
6819
6820
6821 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6822 @cindex breakpoint
6823 @cindex watchpoint
6824
6825 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6826 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6827 watchpoints.
6828 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6829
6830 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6831 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6832 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6833 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6834 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6835 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6836
6837 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6838 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6839 @end deffn
6840
6841 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6842 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6843 @end deffn
6844
6845 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6846 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6847 @end deffn
6848
6849 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6850 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6851 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6852 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6853 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6854 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6855 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6856 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6857 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6858 @end deffn
6859
6860 @section Misc Commands
6861
6862 @cindex profiling
6863 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename [start end]
6864 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6865 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6866 Saves up to 10000 samples in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out''
6867 format. Optional @option{start} and @option{end} parameters allow to
6868 limit the address range.
6869 @end deffn
6870
6871 @deffn Command {version}
6872 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6873 @end deffn
6874
6875 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6876 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6877 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6878 @end deffn
6879
6880 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6881 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6882 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6883 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6884
6885 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6886 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6887 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6888 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6889
6890 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6891 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6892 @cindex tracing
6893 @cindex ETM
6894 @cindex ETB
6895
6896 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6897 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6898 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6899
6900 @itemize
6901 @item
6902 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6903 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6904 supports such an interface.
6905 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6906 and trace port support.)
6907 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6908 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6909 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6910 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6911 in the board-specific configuration file.
6912 @item
6913 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6914 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6915 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6916 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6917 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6918 @end itemize
6919
6920 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6921
6922 @quotation Issues
6923 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6924 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6925
6926 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6927 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6928 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6929 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6930 dummy trace port driver}.
6931
6932 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6933 as well as tracing only during specific states
6934 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6935
6936 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6937 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6938 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6939 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6940 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6941
6942 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6943 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6944 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6945 this original style of JTAG access.
6946 @end quotation
6947
6948 @subsection ETM Configuration
6949 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6950
6951 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6952 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6953 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6954
6955 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6956 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6957 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6958 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6959 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6960 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6961 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6962 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6963 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6964
6965 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6966 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6967 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6968
6969 @quotation Warning
6970 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6971 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6972 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6973 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6974 @end quotation
6975
6976 @quotation Note
6977 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6978 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6979 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6980 what CPU activities are traced.
6981 @end quotation
6982 @end deffn
6983
6984 @deffn Command {etm info}
6985 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6986 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6987 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6988 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6989 @end deffn
6990
6991 @deffn Command {etm status}
6992 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6993 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6994 Did trace data overflow?
6995 Was it triggered?
6996 @end deffn
6997
6998 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6999 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
7000 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
7001 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
7002 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
7003
7004 @itemize
7005 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
7006 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
7007 The value is one of
7008 @option{none} (save nothing),
7009 @option{data} (save data),
7010 @option{address} (save addresses),
7011 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
7012 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
7013 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
7014 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
7015 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
7016 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
7017 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
7018 trace stream without an image of the code.
7019 @end itemize
7020 @end deffn
7021
7022 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7023 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
7024 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
7025 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
7026 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
7027
7028 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
7029 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
7030 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
7031 @end deffn
7032
7033 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
7034
7035 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
7036 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
7037 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
7038
7039 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
7040 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
7041 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
7042 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
7043 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
7044 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
7045 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
7046
7047 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
7048
7049 @itemize
7050 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
7051 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
7052 for instruction access within that function's body.
7053 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
7054 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
7055 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
7056 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
7057 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
7058 combining one of the above models with a counter.
7059 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
7060 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
7061 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
7062 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
7063 @item @emph{... more}
7064 @end itemize
7065
7066 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
7067 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
7068
7069 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
7070 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
7071 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
7072 @end deffn
7073
7074 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
7075 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
7076 @end deffn
7077
7078 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
7079 Opens an image file.
7080 @end deffn
7081
7082 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
7083 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
7084 @end deffn
7085
7086 @deffn Command {etm start}
7087 Starts trace data collection.
7088 @end deffn
7089
7090 @deffn Command {etm stop}
7091 Stops trace data collection.
7092 @end deffn
7093
7094 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
7095 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
7096
7097 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
7098
7099 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
7100 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7101 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
7102 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
7103 any trace data collection.}
7104 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
7105 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
7106 @end deffn
7107 @end deffn
7108
7109 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
7110 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
7111 to use on-chip ETB memory.
7112 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
7113 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
7114 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
7115 @end deffn
7116 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
7117 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
7118 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
7119 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
7120 trace trigger becomes active.
7121
7122 @itemize
7123 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
7124 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
7125 afterwards.
7126 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
7127 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
7128 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
7129 what caused that event to happen.
7130 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
7131 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
7132 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
7133 how the event caused trouble.
7134 @end itemize
7135 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
7136 @end deffn
7137
7138 @end deffn
7139
7140 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
7141 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
7142 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
7143 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
7144 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
7145
7146 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7147 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
7148
7149 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
7150 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
7151 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
7152 @end deffn
7153
7154 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
7155 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
7156 @end deffn
7157
7158 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
7159 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
7160 @end deffn
7161 @end deffn
7162
7163
7164 @section Generic ARM
7165 @cindex ARM
7166
7167 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
7168 They are available in addition to other core-specific
7169 commands that may be available.
7170
7171 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7172 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7173 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7174 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7175 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7176 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7177 @end deffn
7178
7179 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7180 @cindex disassemble
7181 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7182 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7183 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7184 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7185 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7186 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7187 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7188
7189 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7190 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7191 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7192 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7193 with a handful of exceptions.
7194 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7198 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7199 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7200 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7201 and using the MCR instruction.
7202 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7203 an ARM register.)
7204 @end deffn
7205
7206 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7207 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7208 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7209 and the MRC instruction.
7210 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7211 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7212 an ARM register.)
7213 @end deffn
7214
7215 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7216 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7217 core mode if necessary.
7218 @end deffn
7219
7220 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7221 @cindex ARM semihosting
7222 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7223
7224 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7225 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7226 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7227 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7228 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7229 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7230 @end deffn
7231
7232 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7233 @cindex ARMv4
7234 @cindex ARMv5
7235
7236 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7237 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7238 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7239 variant.
7240
7241 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7242 @cindex ARM7
7243 @cindex ARM9
7244
7245 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7246 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7247 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7248 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7249
7250 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7251 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7252 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7253 instead of breakpoints.
7254 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7255
7256 This should be
7257 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7258 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7259 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7260 @end deffn
7261
7262 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7263 @cindex DCC
7264 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7265 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7266 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7267
7268 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7269 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7270 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7271 @end deffn
7272
7273 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7274 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7275 that don't check completion of the operation.
7276 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7277
7278 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7279 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7280 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7281 @end deffn
7282
7283 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7284 @cindex ARM720T
7285
7286 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7287 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7288 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7289 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7290
7291 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7292 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7293 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7294
7295 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7296 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7297 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7298 @end deffn
7299
7300 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7301 @cindex ARM9
7302
7303 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7304 integer processors.
7305 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7306
7307 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7308 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7309 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7310 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7311
7312 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7313 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7314 @cindex vector_catch
7315 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7316 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7317 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7318 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7319 to those hardware vectors.
7320
7321 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7322 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7323 vector catch hardware to intercept
7324 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7325 @option{none} of them,
7326 or a list with one or more of the following:
7327 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7328 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7329 @end deffn
7330
7331 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7332 @cindex ARM920T
7333
7334 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7335 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7336 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7337 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7338 and ARM9 commands.
7339
7340 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7341 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7342 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7343 @end deffn
7344
7345 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7346 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7347 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7348 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7349 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7350 (Not all registers can be written.)
7351 @end deffn
7352
7353 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7354 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7355 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7356
7357 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7358 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7359 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7360 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7361 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7362 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7363 @end deffn
7364
7365 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7366 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7367 @end deffn
7368
7369 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7370 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7371 @end deffn
7372
7373 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7374 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7375
7376 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7377 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7378 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7379 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7380 and ARM9 commands.
7381
7382 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7383 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7384
7385 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7386 Print information about the caches found.
7387 @end deffn
7388
7389 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7390 @cindex ARM966E
7391
7392 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7393 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7394 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7395 and ARM9 commands.
7396
7397 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7398 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7399 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7400 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7401 ARM966E-S TRM.
7402 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7403 as required for BIST support.
7404 @end deffn
7405
7406 @subsection XScale specific commands
7407 @cindex XScale
7408
7409 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7410
7411 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7412 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7413 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7414 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7415 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7416 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7417 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7418
7419 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7420 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7421 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7422 the mini-IC.
7423
7424 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7425 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7426 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7427 code layout in memory:
7428 @example
7429 _vectors:
7430 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7431 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7432 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7433 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7434 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7435 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7436 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7437 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7438 .org 0x100
7439 .long real_reset_vector
7440 .long real_ui_handler
7441 .long real_swi_handler
7442 .long real_pf_abort
7443 .long real_data_abort
7444 .long 0 /* unused */
7445 .long real_irq_handler
7446 .long real_fiq_handler
7447 @end example
7448
7449 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7450 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7451 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7452 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7453 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7454 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7455 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7456 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7457 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7458 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7459 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7460 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7461 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7462 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7463 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7464 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7465 software.
7466
7467 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7468 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7469 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7470 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7471
7472 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7473 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7474 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7475 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7476 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7477 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7478 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7479 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7480 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7481
7482 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7483 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7484
7485 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7486 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7487 @end deffn
7488
7489 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7490 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7491 @end deffn
7492
7493 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7494 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7495 @end deffn
7496
7497 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7498 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7499 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7500 @end deffn
7501
7502 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7503 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7504 @end deffn
7505
7506 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7507 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7508 @end deffn
7509
7510 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7511 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7512 @end deffn
7513
7514 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7515 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7516 @end deffn
7517
7518 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7519 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7520 @end deffn
7521
7522 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7523 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7524 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7525 and modifying how it is emptied.
7526 @end deffn
7527
7528 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7529 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7530 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7531 The image @var{type} may be one of
7532 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7533 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7534 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7535 @end deffn
7536
7537 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7538 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7539 @cindex vector_catch
7540 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7541 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7542
7543 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7544 @example
7545 0x01 Trap Reset
7546 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7547 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7548 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7549 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7550 0x20 reserved
7551 0x40 Trap IRQ
7552 0x80 Trap FIQ
7553 @end example
7554 @end deffn
7555
7556 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7557 @cindex vector_table
7558
7559 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7560 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7561 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7562 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7563 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7564
7565 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7566
7567 @end deffn
7568
7569 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7570 @cindex ARMv6
7571
7572 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7573 @cindex ARM11
7574
7575 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7576 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7577 which is enabled by default.
7578 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7579 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7580 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7581 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7582 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7583 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7584 @end deffn
7585
7586 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7587 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7588 which is enabled by default.
7589 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7590 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7591 @end deffn
7592
7593 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7594 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7595 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7596 they are disabled by default.
7597 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7598 @end deffn
7599
7600 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7601 @cindex vector_catch
7602 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7603 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7604 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7605
7606 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7607 for certain hardware events.
7608 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7609 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7610 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7611 @end deffn
7612
7613 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7614 @cindex ARMv7
7615
7616 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7617 @cindex Debug Access Port
7618 @cindex DAP
7619 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7620 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7621 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7622
7623 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7624 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7625 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7626 @end deffn
7627
7628 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7629 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7630 @end deffn
7631
7632 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7633 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7634 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7635 @end deffn
7636
7637 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7638 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7639 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7640 @end deffn
7641
7642 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7643 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7644 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7645 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7646 @end deffn
7647
7648 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7649 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7650 Defaulting to 0.
7651 @end deffn
7652
7653 @subsection ARMv7-M specific commands
7654 @cindex tracing
7655 @cindex SWO
7656 @cindex SWV
7657 @cindex TPIU
7658 @cindex ITM
7659 @cindex ETM
7660
7661 @deffn Command {tpiu config} (@option{disable} | ((@option{external} | @option{internal @var{filename}}) @
7662 (@option{sync @var{port_width}} | ((@option{manchester} | @option{uart}) @var{formatter_enable})) @
7663 @var{TRACECLKIN_freq} [@var{trace_freq}]))
7664
7665 ARMv7-M architecture provides several modules to generate debugging
7666 information internally (ITM, DWT and ETM). Their output is directed
7667 through TPIU to be captured externally either on an SWO pin (this
7668 configuration is called SWV) or on a synchronous parallel trace port.
7669
7670 This command configures the TPIU module of the target and, if internal
7671 capture mode is selected, starts to capture trace output by using the
7672 debugger adapter features.
7673
7674 Some targets require additional actions to be performed in the
7675 @b{trace-config} handler for trace port to be activated.
7676
7677 Command options:
7678 @itemize @minus
7679 @item @option{disable} disable TPIU handling;
7680 @item @option{external} configure TPIU to let user capture trace
7681 output externally (with an additional UART or logic analyzer hardware);
7682 @item @option{internal @var{filename}} configure TPIU and debug adapter to
7683 gather trace data and append it to @var{filename} (which can be
7684 either a regular file or a named pipe);
7685 @item @option{sync @var{port_width}} use synchronous parallel trace output
7686 mode, and set port width to @var{port_width};
7687 @item @option{manchester} use asynchronous SWO mode with Manchester
7688 coding;
7689 @item @option{uart} use asynchronous SWO mode with NRZ (same as
7690 regular UART 8N1) coding;
7691 @item @var{formatter_enable} is @option{on} or @option{off} to enable
7692 or disable TPIU formatter which needs to be used when both ITM and ETM
7693 data is to be output via SWO;
7694 @item @var{TRACECLKIN_freq} this should be specified to match target's
7695 current TRACECLKIN frequency (usually the same as HCLK);
7696 @item @var{trace_freq} trace port frequency. Can be omitted in
7697 internal mode to let the adapter driver select the maximum supported
7698 rate automatically.
7699 @end itemize
7700
7701 Example usage:
7702 @enumerate
7703 @item STM32L152 board is programmed with an application that configures
7704 PLL to provide core clock with 24MHz frequency; to use ITM output it's
7705 enough to:
7706 @example
7707 #include <libopencm3/cm3/itm.h>
7708 ...
7709 ITM_STIM8(0) = c;
7710 ...
7711 @end example
7712 (the most obvious way is to use the first stimulus port for printf,
7713 for that this ITM_STIM8 assignment can be used inside _write(); to make it
7714 blocking to avoid data loss, add @code{while (!(ITM_STIM8(0) &
7715 ITM_STIM_FIFOREADY));});
7716 @item An FT2232H UART is connected to the SWO pin of the board;
7717 @item Commands to configure UART for 12MHz baud rate:
7718 @example
7719 $ setserial /dev/ttyUSB1 spd_cust divisor 5
7720 $ stty -F /dev/ttyUSB1 38400
7721 @end example
7722 (FT2232H's base frequency is 60MHz, spd_cust allows to alias 38400
7723 baud with our custom divisor to get 12MHz)
7724 @item @code{itmdump -f /dev/ttyUSB1 -d1}
7725 @item @code{openocd -f interface/stlink-v2-1.cfg -c "transport select
7726 hla_swd" -f target/stm32l1.cfg -c "tpiu config external uart off
7727 24000000 12000000"}
7728 @end enumerate
7729 @end deffn
7730
7731 @deffn Command {itm port} @var{port} (@option{0}|@option{1}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7732 Enable or disable trace output for ITM stimulus @var{port} (counting
7733 from 0). Port 0 is enabled on target creation automatically.
7734 @end deffn
7735
7736 @deffn Command {itm ports} (@option{0}|@option{1}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7737 Enable or disable trace output for all ITM stimulus ports.
7738 @end deffn
7739
7740 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7741 @cindex Cortex-M
7742
7743 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7744 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7745
7746 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7747 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7748 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7749 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7750 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7751 the step command leaves with the core running.
7752
7753 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7754 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7755 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7756
7757 Default is @option{auto}.
7758 @end deffn
7759
7760 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7761 @cindex vector_catch
7762 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7763 for certain hardware events.
7764
7765 Parameters request interception of
7766 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7767 @option{none} of them,
7768 or one or more of the following:
7769 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7770 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7771 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7772 @option{irq_err},
7773 @option{state_err},
7774 @option{chk_err}, or
7775 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7776 @option{reset}.
7777 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7778 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7779 are mapped to HardFault.
7780 UsageFault checks for
7781 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7782 must also be explicitly enabled.
7783
7784 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7785 @end deffn
7786
7787 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7788 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7789 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7790 @itemize @minus
7791 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7792 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7793 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7794 @end itemize
7795 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7796 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7797 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7798 the peripherals.
7799 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7800 @end deffn
7801
7802 @section Intel Architecture
7803
7804 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7805 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7806 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7807 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7808 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7809 @itemize
7810 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7811 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7812 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7813 @end itemize
7814
7815 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7816 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7817 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7818
7819 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7820 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7821 @end deffn
7822
7823 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7824 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7825 @end deffn
7826
7827 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7828 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7829 @end deffn
7830
7831 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7832 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7833 @end deffn
7834
7835 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7836 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7837 @end deffn
7838
7839 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7840 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7841 @end deffn
7842
7843 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7844
7845 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7846 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7847
7848 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7849 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7850 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7851 @end deffn
7852 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7853 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7854
7855 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7856
7857 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7858 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7859 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7860 @end deffn
7861
7862 @subsection Registers commands
7863 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7864 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7865 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7866
7867 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7868
7869 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7870 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7871 and "timer" groups.
7872
7873 @emph{example:}
7874 @example
7875 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7876 @end example
7877
7878
7879 @end deffn
7880 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7881 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7882
7883 @emph{group} can be "system",
7884 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7885 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7886 @end deffn
7887
7888 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7889 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7890 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7891 @cindex tracing
7892 @cindex libdcc
7893 @cindex DCC
7894 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7895 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7896 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7897 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7898
7899 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7900 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7901 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7902 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7903 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7904 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7905
7906 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7907 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7908 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7909 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7910 The target being debugged may
7911 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7912 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7913 each supported by a command:
7914
7915 @itemize
7916 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7917 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7918 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7919 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7920
7921 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7922 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7923 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7924
7925 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7926 and then displayed at any time.
7927 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7928
7929 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7930 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7931 @end itemize
7932
7933 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7934 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7935 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7936 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7937 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7938 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7939 does the same thing.
7940
7941 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7942 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7943 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7944 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7945 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7946
7947 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7948 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7949 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7950 @end deffn
7951
7952 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7953 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7954 in the order they triggered.
7955 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7956 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7957 history records.
7958 @end deffn
7959
7960 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7961 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7962 they have been triggered.
7963 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7964 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7965 and associates it with that identifier.
7966
7967 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7968 are not related except by this command.
7969 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7970 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7971 @end deffn
7972
7973
7974 @node JTAG Commands
7975 @chapter JTAG Commands
7976 @cindex JTAG Commands
7977 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7978 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7979 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7980 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7981 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7982
7983 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7984 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7985
7986 @itemize @bullet
7987 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7988 devices such as a CPUs.
7989 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7990 standard state machine (in parallel)
7991 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7992 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7993 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7994 while the reading previous ones.
7995 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7996 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7997 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7998 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7999 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
8000 registers.
8001 @end itemize
8002
8003 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
8004
8005 These commands are used by developers who need to access
8006 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
8007 the order of TAP state transitions.
8008 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
8009 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
8010 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
8011 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
8012 these commands are not available.
8013
8014 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
8015 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
8016 that specify the entire register.
8017 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
8018 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
8019 The return value holds the original value of each
8020 of those fields.
8021
8022 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
8023 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
8024 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
8025 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
8026 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
8027
8028 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
8029 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
8030
8031 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
8032 in that state.
8033 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
8034 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
8035 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
8036
8037 @quotation Warning
8038 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
8039 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
8040 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
8041 data registers, which may have different lengths.
8042 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
8043 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
8044 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
8045 (by connecting a different scan chain).
8046 @end quotation
8047 @end deffn
8048
8049 @deffn Command {flush_count}
8050 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
8051 This may be used for performance tuning.
8052
8053 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
8054 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
8055 not change with the amount of data which is written.
8056 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
8057 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
8058 instead of batching them into larger operations.
8059 @end deffn
8060
8061 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
8062 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
8063 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
8064 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
8065 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
8066 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
8067
8068 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
8069 in that state.
8070 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
8071 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
8072 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
8073
8074 @quotation Note
8075 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
8076 register values, unlike data register values.
8077 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
8078 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
8079 @end quotation
8080 @end deffn
8081
8082 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
8083 Set values of reset signals.
8084 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
8085 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
8086 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
8087 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
8088 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
8089 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
8090 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
8091
8092 Note that TRST is specially handled.
8093 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
8094 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
8095 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
8096 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
8097 instead of the TRST signal.
8098 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
8099 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
8100 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
8101 with handlers for that event.
8102 @end deffn
8103
8104 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
8105 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
8106 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
8107 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
8108 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
8109 Then, in a series of single state transitions
8110 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
8111 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
8112 The final state must also be stable.
8113 @end deffn
8114
8115 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
8116 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
8117 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
8118 Instructions often need some time
8119 to execute before they take effect.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
8123 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
8124
8125 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
8126 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
8127 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
8128 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
8129 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
8130 @end deffn
8131
8132 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
8133 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
8134 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
8135 must also be enabled.
8136 Default is enabled.
8137 @end deffn
8138
8139 @section TAP state names
8140 @cindex TAP state names
8141
8142 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
8143 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
8144 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
8145 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
8146
8147 @itemize @bullet
8148 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
8149 acts as if TRST were pulsed
8150 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
8151 @item @b{DRSELECT}
8152 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
8153 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
8154 through the data register
8155 @item @b{DREXIT1}
8156 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
8157 for update or more shifting
8158 @item @b{DREXIT2}
8159 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
8160 @item @b{IRSELECT}
8161 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
8162 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
8163 through the instruction register
8164 @item @b{IREXIT1}
8165 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
8166 for update or more shifting
8167 @item @b{IREXIT2}
8168 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
8169 @end itemize
8170
8171 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
8172 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
8173 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
8174 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
8175
8176 @itemize @bullet
8177 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
8178 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
8179 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
8180 may not be as expected.
8181 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
8182 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
8183 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
8184 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
8185 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
8186 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
8187 @end itemize
8188
8189 @node Boundary Scan Commands
8190 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
8191
8192 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
8193 boundary scan based hardware testing.
8194 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
8195 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
8196
8197 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
8198 @cindex Serial Vector Format
8199 @cindex SVF
8200
8201 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
8202 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
8203 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8204 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8205
8206 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
8207 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8208 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
8209 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8210 each command is logged before it is executed.
8211 @end deffn
8212
8213 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8214 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8215 @cindex XSVF
8216
8217 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
8218 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
8219 Xilinx devices.
8220 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8221 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8222
8223 @quotation Important
8224 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
8225 @end quotation
8226
8227 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
8228 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8229 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
8230 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
8231 that TAP.
8232 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
8233 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
8234 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8235 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
8236 @end deffn
8237
8238 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
8239 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
8240 after building the software.
8241 You may find them useful:
8242
8243 @itemize
8244 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
8245 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
8246 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
8247 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
8248 @end itemize
8249
8250 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
8251 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
8252 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
8253 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
8254 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
8255 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
8256 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8257
8258
8259 @node Utility Commands
8260 @chapter Utility Commands
8261 @cindex Utility Commands
8262
8263 @section RAM testing
8264 @cindex RAM testing
8265
8266 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8267 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8268 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8269 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8270 hardware problems.
8271
8272 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8273 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8274 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8275 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8276
8277 Load the memory testing functions with
8278
8279 @example
8280 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8281 @end example
8282
8283 to get access to the following facilities:
8284
8285 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8286 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8287 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8288 @end deffn
8289
8290 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8291 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8292 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8293 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8294 @end deffn
8295
8296 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8297 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8298 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8299 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8300 @end deffn
8301
8302 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8303 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8304 @end deffn
8305
8306 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8307 @cindex Firmware recovery
8308
8309 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8310 devices recovery with JTAG.
8311
8312 For quickstart instructions run:
8313 @example
8314 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8315 @end example
8316
8317 @node TFTP
8318 @chapter TFTP
8319 @cindex TFTP
8320 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8321 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8322
8323 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8324 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8325 server (tftpd). For example,
8326
8327 @example
8328 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8329 @end example
8330
8331 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8332 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8333
8334 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8335 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8336 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8337 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8338
8339 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8340 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8341 @cindex GDB
8342 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8343 to debug remote targets.
8344 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8345
8346 @itemize
8347 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8348 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8349 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8350 as shown in this chapter.
8351 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8352 that also will probably need to be configured.
8353 @end itemize
8354
8355 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8356 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8357 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8358 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8359 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8360 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8361
8362 @section Connecting to GDB
8363 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8364 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8365 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8366 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8367 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8368
8369 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8370
8371 @enumerate
8372 @item
8373 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8374 @example
8375 target remote localhost:3333
8376 @end example
8377 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8378
8379 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8380 @example
8381 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8382 @end example
8383 @item
8384 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8385 @example
8386 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8387 @end example
8388 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8389 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8390 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8391 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8392 @end enumerate
8393
8394 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8395 GDB command line.
8396
8397 @section Sample GDB session startup
8398
8399 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8400 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8401 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8402 small ARM program.
8403 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8404 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8405
8406 @example
8407 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8408 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8409 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8410 ...
8411 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8412 ...
8413 (gdb) load
8414 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8415 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8416 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8417 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8418 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8419 (gdb) continue
8420 Continuing.
8421 ...
8422 @end example
8423
8424 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8425 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8426 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8427 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8428
8429 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8430
8431 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8432 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8433 packet size and the device's memory map.
8434 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8435 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8436 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8437
8438 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8439 You may need to set those up by hand.
8440 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8441 something like:
8442
8443 @example
8444 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8445 @end example
8446
8447 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8448
8449 @example
8450 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8451 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8452 @end example
8453
8454 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8455 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8456 do not have such restrictions.
8457
8458 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8459 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8460 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8461
8462 @example
8463 define hook-step
8464 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8465 end
8466 define hookpost-step
8467 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8468 end
8469 @end example
8470
8471 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8472 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8473 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8474 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8475
8476 @section Programming using GDB
8477 @cindex Programming using GDB
8478 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8479
8480 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8481 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8482 @example
8483 gdb_memory_map disable
8484 @end example
8485 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8486 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8487 working area.
8488
8489 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8490 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8491 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8492 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8493
8494 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8495 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8496
8497 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8498 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8499 @example
8500 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8501 @end example
8502
8503 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8504 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8505
8506 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8507 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8508 will be used.
8509
8510 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8511 script can be executed:
8512 @example
8513 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8514 @end example
8515
8516 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8517 can be used.
8518 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8519 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8520 @cindex SMP
8521 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8522 @itemize @bullet
8523 @item j - smp status request
8524 @item J - smp set request
8525 @end itemize
8526
8527 OpenOCD implements :
8528 @itemize @bullet
8529 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8530 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8531 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8532 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8533 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8534 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8535 @end itemize
8536
8537 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8538 @itemize @bullet
8539 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8540 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8541 @example
8542 set $_core 1
8543 #Jc01 packet is sent
8544 print $_core
8545 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8546 @end example
8547
8548 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8549 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8550
8551 @example
8552 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8553 define toggle0
8554 maint packet Jc0
8555 continue
8556 main packet Jc-1
8557 end
8558 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8559 define toggle1
8560 maint packet Jc1
8561 continue
8562 main packet Jc-1
8563 end
8564 @end example
8565 @end itemize
8566
8567 @section RTOS Support
8568 @cindex RTOS Support
8569 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8570
8571 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8572 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8573
8574 @* An example setup is below:
8575
8576 @example
8577 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8578 @end example
8579
8580 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8581
8582 Currently supported rtos's include:
8583 @itemize @bullet
8584 @item @option{eCos}
8585 @item @option{ThreadX}
8586 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8587 @item @option{linux}
8588 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8589 @item @option{embKernel}
8590 @item @option{mqx}
8591 @end itemize
8592
8593 @quotation Note
8594 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8595 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8596 @end quotation
8597
8598 @table @code
8599 @item eCos symbols
8600 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8601 @item ThreadX symbols
8602 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8603 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8604 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8605 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8606 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8607 @item linux symbols
8608 init_task.
8609 @item ChibiOS symbols
8610 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8611 @item embKernel symbols
8612 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8613 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8614 @item mqx symbols
8615 _mqx_kernel_data, MQX_init_struct.
8616 @end table
8617
8618 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8619 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8620 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8621
8622 @node Tcl Scripting API
8623 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8624 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8625 @cindex Tcl scripts
8626 @section API rules
8627
8628 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8629 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8630 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8631
8632 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8633 pair list and lists.
8634
8635 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8636 list.
8637
8638 @example
8639 > set foo(me) Duane
8640 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8641 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8642 > set foo(duck) Donald
8643 @end example
8644
8645 If one does this:
8646
8647 @example
8648 > set foo
8649 @end example
8650
8651 The result is:
8652
8653 @example
8654 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8655 @end example
8656
8657 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8658
8659 @verbatim
8660 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8661 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8662 }
8663 @end verbatim
8664
8665 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8666 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8667
8668 @section Internal low-level Commands
8669
8670 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8671 invoke directly.
8672
8673 Some low-level commands need to be prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8674 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8675 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8676
8677 @itemize @bullet
8678 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8679
8680 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8681 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8682
8683 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8684 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8685
8686 Return information about the flash banks
8687
8688 @item @b{capture} <@var{command}>
8689
8690 Run <@var{command}> and return full log output that was produced during
8691 its execution. Example:
8692
8693 @example
8694 > capture "reset init"
8695 @end example
8696
8697 @end itemize
8698
8699 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8700 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8701 called "flash_banks".
8702
8703 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8704
8705 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8706 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8707 holds one of the following values:
8708
8709 @itemize @bullet
8710 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8711 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8712 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8713 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8714 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8715 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8716 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8717 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8718 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8719 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8720 @end itemize
8721
8722 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8723
8724 @quotation Note
8725 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8726 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8727 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8728 is jim, not real tcl).
8729 @end quotation
8730
8731 @section Tcl RPC server
8732 @cindex RPC
8733
8734 OpenOCD provides a simple RPC server that allows to run arbitrary Tcl
8735 commands and receive the results.
8736
8737 To access it, your application needs to connect to a configured TCP port
8738 (see @command{tcl_port}). Then it can pass any string to the
8739 interpreter terminating it with @code{0x1a} and wait for the return
8740 value (it will be terminated with @code{0x1a} as well). This can be
8741 repeated as many times as desired without reopening the connection.
8742
8743 Remember that most of the OpenOCD commands need to be prefixed with
8744 @code{ocd_} to get the results back. Sometimes you might also need the
8745 @command{capture} command.
8746
8747 See @file{contrib/rpc_examples/} for specific client implementations.
8748
8749 @section Tcl RPC server notifications
8750 @cindex RPC Notifications
8751
8752 Notifications are sent asynchronously to other commands being executed over
8753 the RPC server, so the port must be polled continuously.
8754
8755 Target event, state and reset notifications are emitted as Tcl associative arrays
8756 in the following format.
8757
8758 @verbatim
8759 type target_event event [event-name]
8760 type target_state state [state-name]
8761 type target_reset mode [reset-mode]
8762 @end verbatim
8763
8764 @deffn {Command} tcl_notifications [on/off]
8765 Toggle output of target notifications to the current Tcl RPC server.
8766 Only available from the Tcl RPC server.
8767 Defaults to off.
8768
8769 @end deffn
8770
8771 @node FAQ
8772 @chapter FAQ
8773 @cindex faq
8774 @enumerate
8775 @anchor{faqrtck}
8776 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8777 @cindex RTCK
8778 @cindex adaptive clocking
8779 @*
8780
8781 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8782 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8783 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8784 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8785
8786 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8787 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8788 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8789 @enumerate
8790 @item
8791 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8792 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8793 @item
8794 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8795 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8796 @end enumerate
8797
8798 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8799 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8800 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8801 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8802 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8803 power).
8804
8805 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8806 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8807 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8808 ARM926 scenario).
8809 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8810 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8811 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8812
8813 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8814 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8815 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8816 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8817
8818 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8819
8820 In order to make use of this,
8821 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8822 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8823
8824 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8825 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8826 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8827 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8828 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8829
8830 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8831 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8832 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8833 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8834
8835 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8836 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8837 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8838 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8839 with a CPLD.
8840 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8841 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8842 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8843 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8844 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8845 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8846
8847 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8848
8849 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8850
8851 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8852 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8853 depending on the chips on your board.
8854 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8855 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8856 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8857
8858 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8859 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8860 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8861
8862 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8863 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8864 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8865 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8866
8867 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8868 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8869 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8870 this way.
8871
8872 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8873 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8874 clock rate.
8875 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8876 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8877 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8878
8879 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8880
8881 @example
8882 # Example: 1.234MHz
8883 adapter_khz 1234
8884 @end example
8885
8886
8887 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8888
8889 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8890 around Windows filenames.
8891
8892 @example
8893 > echo \a
8894
8895 > echo @{\a@}
8896 \a
8897 > echo "\a"
8898
8899 >
8900 @end example
8901
8902
8903 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8904
8905 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8906 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8907 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8908
8909 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8910 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8911 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8912
8913 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8914 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8915 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8916
8917 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8918
8919 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8920 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8921 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8922 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8923
8924 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8925 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8926 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8927
8928 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8929 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8930
8931 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8932 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8933 memory read caused data abort".
8934
8935 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8936 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8937 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8938 be done, feel free to add this here.
8939
8940 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8941 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8942 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8943 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8944 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8945 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8946 gracefully stops.
8947
8948 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8949 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8950 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8951
8952 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8953 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8954 bytes. Painful...
8955
8956
8957 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8958 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8959
8960 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8961 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8962 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8963 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8964 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8965 reset, everything else should work fine.
8966
8967 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8968 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8969 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8970 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8971
8972 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8973 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8974 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8975 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8976
8977 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8978
8979 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8980 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8981 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8982 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8983
8984 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8985 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8986 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8987 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8988
8989 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8990 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8991 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8992
8993 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8994 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8995
8996 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8997 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8998 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8999 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
9000 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
9001 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
9002 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
9003 clock frequency?
9004
9005 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
9006 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
9007 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
9008 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
9009 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
9010
9011 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
9012
9013 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
9014 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
9015 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
9016 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
9017 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
9018 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
9019 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
9020
9021 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
9022
9023 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
9024 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
9025 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
9026 up DRAM and loading it with code.
9027
9028 @anchor{faqtaporder}
9029 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
9030 particular order?
9031
9032 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
9033 the same order used by the hardware.
9034
9035 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
9036 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
9037 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
9038 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
9039 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
9040 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
9041
9042 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
9043 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
9044 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
9045 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
9046
9047 @itemize @bullet
9048 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
9049 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
9050 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
9051 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
9052 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
9053 @end itemize
9054
9055 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
9056
9057 @itemize @bullet
9058 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
9059 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
9060 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
9061 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
9062 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
9063 @end itemize
9064
9065
9066 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
9067 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
9068 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
9069
9070 TODO.
9071
9072 @end enumerate
9073
9074 @node Tcl Crash Course
9075 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
9076 @cindex Tcl
9077
9078 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
9079 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
9080 how the Tcl scripts work.
9081
9082 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
9083 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
9084 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
9085 OpenOCD.
9086
9087 @section Tcl Rule #1
9088 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
9089 @enumerate
9090 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
9091 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
9092 @end enumerate
9093
9094 The Tcl equal is this:
9095
9096 @enumerate
9097 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
9098 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
9099 @end enumerate
9100
9101 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
9102 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
9103
9104 @section Tcl Rule #1b
9105 There is a second pair of rules.
9106 @enumerate
9107 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
9108 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
9109 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
9110 in Tcl.
9111 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
9112 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
9113 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
9114 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
9115 @end enumerate
9116
9117 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
9118 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
9119 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
9120 Everything is a string}
9121
9122 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
9123 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
9124 difference is subtle.
9125 @enumerate
9126 @item Parse Time
9127 @item Evaluation Time
9128 @end enumerate
9129
9130 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
9131 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
9132 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
9133
9134 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
9135 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
9136 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
9137 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
9138
9139 @itemize @bullet
9140 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
9141 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
9142 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
9143 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
9144 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
9145 @example
9146 # bash example
9147 X=`date`
9148 echo "The Date is: $X"
9149 # Tcl example
9150 set X [date]
9151 puts "The Date is: $X"
9152 @end example
9153 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
9154 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
9155 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
9156 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
9157 is a string}
9158 @example
9159 set x "Dinner"
9160 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
9161 @end example
9162 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
9163 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
9164 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
9165 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
9166 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
9167 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
9168 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
9169 @end itemize
9170
9171 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
9172
9173 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
9174
9175 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
9176
9177 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
9178 the normal way.
9179
9180 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
9181 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
9182 line is immedatly executed.
9183
9184 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
9185 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
9186
9187 @subsection Command Execution
9188
9189 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
9190 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
9191 control flow operators.
9192
9193 Commands are executed like this:
9194
9195 @enumerate
9196 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
9197 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
9198 @item Repeat until End Of File.
9199 @end enumerate
9200
9201 It sort of works like this:
9202 @example
9203 for(;;)@{
9204 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
9205
9206 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
9207
9208 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
9209 @}
9210 @end example
9211
9212 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
9213 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
9214 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
9215 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
9216 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
9217 ``LookupCommand()''
9218
9219 @subsection The FOR command
9220
9221 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
9222 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
9223 command just like any other command.
9224
9225 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
9226 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
9227 are:
9228
9229 @enumerate 0
9230 @item The ascii text 'for'
9231 @item The start text
9232 @item The test expression
9233 @item The next text
9234 @item The body text
9235 @end enumerate
9236
9237 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
9238 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
9239 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
9240 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
9241
9242 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
9243 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
9244
9245 @example
9246 int
9247 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
9248 int *argc,
9249 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
9250 @end example
9251
9252 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
9253 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
9254 still operates in the same basic way.
9255
9256 @subsection FOR command implementation
9257
9258 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
9259 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
9260
9261 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
9262
9263 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
9264
9265 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
9266 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
9267 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
9268
9269 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
9270 expression and returns a value.
9271
9272 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
9273 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
9274 @example
9275 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
9276
9277 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
9278
9279 int
9280 MyForCommand( void *interp,
9281 int argc,
9282 char **argv )
9283 @{
9284 if( argc != 5 )@{
9285 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
9286 return ERROR;
9287 @}
9288
9289 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
9290
9291 // Execute the start statement.
9292 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
9293
9294 // Top of loop test
9295 for(;;)@{
9296 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
9297 if( i == 0 )
9298 break;
9299
9300 // Execute the body
9301 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
9302
9303 // Execute the LOOP part
9304 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
9305 @}
9306
9307 // Return no error
9308 SetResult( interp, "" );
9309 return SUCCESS;
9310 @}
9311 @end example
9312
9313 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9314 in the same basic way.
9315
9316 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9317
9318 @subsection source and find commands
9319 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9320 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9321 @*Remember the parsing rules
9322 @enumerate
9323 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9324 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9325 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9326 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9327 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9328 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9329 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9330 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9331 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9332 @end enumerate
9333 @subsection format command
9334 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9335 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9336 @b{sprintf()}.
9337 @b{Example}
9338 @example
9339 set x 6
9340 set y 7
9341 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9342 @end example
9343 @enumerate
9344 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9345 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9346 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9347 @* Refer to Rule #1
9348 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9349 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9350 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9351 @end enumerate
9352 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9353 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9354 @example
9355 #1 Good
9356 proc someproc @{@} @{
9357 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9358 @}
9359 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9360 #2 Good - no variables
9361 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9362 #3 Good Curly Braces
9363 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9364 puts "Time: [date]"
9365 @}
9366 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9367 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9368 @end example
9369 @enumerate
9370 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9371 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9372 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9373 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9374 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9375 command.
9376 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9377 @*There are 4 examples:
9378 @enumerate
9379 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9380 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9381 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9382 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9383 @end enumerate
9384
9385 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9386 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9387 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9388
9389 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9390 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9391 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9392 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9393 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9394 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9395 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9396 @end enumerate
9397 @subsection Global Variables
9398 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9399 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9400 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9401 @example
9402 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9403 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9404 global x #Global variable X
9405 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9406 @}
9407 @end example
9408 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9409 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9410 @example
9411 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9412 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9413 # Create var name
9414 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9415 # Make it a global
9416 global $vn
9417 # Set it.
9418 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9419 @}
9420 @end example
9421 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9422 @example
9423 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9424 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9425 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9426 @}
9427 @end example
9428
9429 @include fdl.texi
9430
9431 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9432 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9433 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9434 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9435 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9436 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9437
9438 @printindex cp
9439
9440 @node Command and Driver Index
9441 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9442 @printindex fn
9443
9444 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)